diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el/using-d-i.po | 670 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fi/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pot/using-d-i.pot | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt/using-d-i.po | 633 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ro/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 4676 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi/using-d-i.po | 626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po | 632 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 626 |
13 files changed, 7615 insertions, 4630 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 35f87dd6b..0beecfadf 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-02 20:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Emmanuel Galatoulas <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -397,8 +397,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:196 #, no-c-format -msgid "Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." -msgstr "Αναζητά εικόνες ISO (<filename>.iso</filename> files) στους σκληρούς δίσκους." +msgid "" +"Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." +msgstr "" +"Αναζητά εικόνες ISO (<filename>.iso</filename> files) στους σκληρούς δίσκους." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:204 @@ -490,7 +492,8 @@ msgstr "tzsetup" #: using-d-i.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier." -msgstr "Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα." +msgstr "" +"Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:258 @@ -699,7 +702,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:366 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Επιτρέπει στο χρήστη να εκτελέσει ένα κέλυφος από τον κατάλογο επιλογών, ή " "να μεταβεί στη δεύτερη κονσόλα." @@ -1343,7 +1347,13 @@ msgstr "" "της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1357,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη ζώνη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1369,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλεχθεί υπάρχουν δύο επιλογές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1381,13 +1391,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα. Η εντολή για να το κάνετε αυτό είναι:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1404,21 +1414,22 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format -msgid "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +msgid "" +"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "" "Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να " "καθοριστεί με τη χρήση της προρύθμισης (preseeding)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1437,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "τους όπως οι RAID, LVM ή κρυπτογραφημένες συσκευές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1447,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1470,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσβάσιμα οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα που υπάρχουν ήδη στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1485,13 +1496,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> από το μενού." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Καθοδηγούμενη Διαμέριση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1510,15 +1521,16 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format -msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" "Η επιλογή χρήσης (κρυπτογραφημένου) LVM πιθανόν να μην είναι διαθέσιμη σε " "όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1536,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσφέροντας έτσι επιπλέον ασφάλεια για τα (προσωπικά) σας δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1553,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονοβόρο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος του δίσκου σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1572,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτές τις αλλαγές πριν γραφτούν στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1591,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "ταυτοποιήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1607,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" "Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε LVM (με κρυπτογράφηση) αυτό δεν είναι εφικτό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1626,73 +1638,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB (εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /usr, /var και /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1702,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1716,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μέσα στην κατάτμηση LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1730,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την δημιουργία με το χέρι μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1742,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτόν τον χώρο για τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1754,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1807,7 +1819,7 @@ msgstr "" "κάνοντας διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1828,13 +1840,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγές όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω σχετικά με την διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμέριση με το χέρι" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1850,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1866,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1903,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1926,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "μενού σάς επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε μια κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1943,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1955,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να προσδιορίσετε μια τέτοια." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1972,7 +1984,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1987,13 +1999,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Συσκευών Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (RAID σε λογισμικό)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2015,7 +2027,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού (Software RAID)</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2031,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2154,55 +2166,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Επιβιώνει από την αστοχία δίσκου;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2210,43 +2222,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2256,19 +2268,19 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2278,13 +2290,13 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον δύο)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2294,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "κομματιών (chunk) (εξ' ορισμού έχει την τιμή δύο)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2305,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2322,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2344,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr "" "δυνατή επιλογή." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2363,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" "χέρι μέσα από ένα κέλυφος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2386,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2398,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2419,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "δεν θα σας αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το πρόβλημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2430,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2441,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2462,7 +2474,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές ώστε όλα τα αντίγραφα να κατανέμονται σε διαφορετικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2481,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "" "(αρκετά αξιόπιστη κατάτμηση μεγέθους 100 GB σαν <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2496,13 +2508,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2519,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2540,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr "" "τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται μεταξύ αρκετών φυσικών συσκευών δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2562,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2579,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>φυσικός τόμος για LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2600,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενέργειες είναι:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2610,43 +2622,43 @@ msgstr "" "δομή της συσκευής LVM, ονόματα και μεγέθη των λογικών τόμων και άλλα" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Δημιουργία ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Επέκταση λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Συρρίκνωση ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2656,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2667,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "σ' αυτήν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2680,13 +2692,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαχειριστείτε σαν τέτοιες)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κρυπτογραφημένων Τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2710,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "σαν τυχαίοι χαρακτήρες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2734,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλλληλογραφίας ή εκτυπώσεων αποθηκεύουν τα δεδομένα τους" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2749,7 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης και το μήκος του κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2771,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2789,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2803,13 +2815,13 @@ msgstr "" "προεπιλογές, επειδή έχουν επιλεγεί με προσοχή έχοντας στο μυαλό την ασφάλεια." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2836,13 +2848,13 @@ msgstr "" "κρυπτογράφησης για την προστασία ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών στον 21ο αιώνα." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Μέγεθος κλειδιού: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2857,13 +2869,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2882,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "επαναλαμβανόμενους σχηματισμούς στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2897,13 +2909,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ικανό να χρησιμοποιήσει νεώτερους αλγόριθμους." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Συνηθηματική φράση</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -2911,13 +2923,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Συνθηματική φράση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2932,13 +2944,13 @@ msgstr "" "συνέχεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Τυχαίο κλειδί" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2957,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάρκεια μιας ανθρώπινης ζωής)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2978,13 +2990,13 @@ msgstr "" "που έχουν εγγραφεί στην κατάτμηση swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Διαγραφή δεδομένων: <userinput>ναι</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -3007,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" "para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3019,13 +3031,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξει παρέχοντας τις ακόλουθες επιλογές:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3039,13 +3051,13 @@ msgstr "" "πληροφορίες." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -3053,13 +3065,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Αρχείο κλειδιού (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3074,19 +3086,19 @@ msgstr "" "αργότερα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για τα τυχαία κλειδιά παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για την διαγραφή των δεδομένων παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3106,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3124,7 +3136,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατοικιδίων, ονόματα μελών της οικογένειάς σας ή συγγενών, κ.λπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3150,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "εισάγατε την συνθηματική φράση για το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3174,7 +3186,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να επαναληφθεί για κάθε κατάτμηση που πρόκειται να κρυπτογραφηθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3209,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστημάτων αρχείων αν τα προεπιλεγμένα δεν σας ταιριάζουν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3229,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>.σ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3239,13 +3251,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3260,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3277,7 +3289,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3289,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3304,13 +3316,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3323,13 +3335,13 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3345,7 +3357,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3362,7 +3374,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3375,13 +3387,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3396,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3419,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3433,7 +3445,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3443,13 +3455,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3465,13 +3477,13 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3509,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" "προτεινόμενο βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα για την διαχείριση των πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3524,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3544,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "" "πακέτα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3561,13 +3573,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> και <quote>non-free</quote> της αρχειοθήκης. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από περισσότερα από ένα CD ή DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3581,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώστε ο εγκαταστάτης να χρησιμοποιήσει τα πακέτα που περιέχονται σ' αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3596,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα επιλέξετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3610,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr "" "πραγματικά κάποια από τα πακέτα στα τελευταία CD ενός σετ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3628,7 +3640,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρώτα DVD θα καλύψουν τις περισσότερες ανάγκες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3643,7 +3655,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρία αυτά περιβάλλοντα γραφείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3661,13 +3673,13 @@ msgstr "" "αύξουσα σειρά θα μειώσει την πιθανότητα λαθών." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3680,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχουν μερικές εξαιρέσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3698,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3720,7 +3732,7 @@ msgstr "" "(δηλ. μετά την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3734,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενότητα. Η χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη είναι προαιρετική." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3751,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" "σταθερότητα του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3767,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξετε ένα δικτυακό καθρέφτη εξαρτάται συνεπώς από" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" @@ -3775,19 +3787,20 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "το ποια πακέτα περιλαμβάνονται στις ομάδες αυτές," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format -msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" +msgid "" +"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "ποια από τα πακέτα αυτά βρίσκονται στα CD ή DVD που έχετε σαρώσει και" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3800,7 +3813,7 @@ msgstr "" "των ευέλικτων-volatile-πακέτων)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3814,13 +3827,13 @@ msgstr "" "ευελιξίας και οι αντίστοιχες υπηρεσίες έχουν ρυθμιστεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3838,7 +3851,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3876,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3889,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" "να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε καμμία ομάδα πακέτων σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3900,7 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3911,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr "" "γραφικό περιβάλλον GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3934,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3949,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "" "εργασίας</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3968,7 +3981,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενός DVD ή οποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3989,7 +4002,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -4005,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr "" "ξέρετε τι κάνετε και θέλετε ένα πραγματικά ελάχιστο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -4015,10 +4028,18 @@ msgid "" "containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop " "environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization " "packages for that (if available)." -msgstr "Αν κατά τη διάρκεια της επιλογής γλώσσας έχετε επιλέξει κάποιο σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων άλλο από το <quote>C</quote> το <command>tasksel</command> θα ελέγξει αν έχουν καθοριστεί οποιαδήποτε καθήκοντα τοπικοποίησης για αυτό και θα προσπαθήσει αυτόματα να εγκαταστήσει τα σχετικά πακέτα. Αυτό περιλαμβάνει για παράδειγμα πακέτα που περιέχουν λίστες λέξεων ή ειδικές γραμματοσειρές για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν επιλέξατε ένα γραφικό περιβάλλον εργασίας, θα εγκαταστήσει επίσης κατάλληλα πακέτα τοπικοποίησης γι' αυτό το περιβάλλον (αν υπάρχουν τέτοια διαθέσιμα)." +msgstr "" +"Αν κατά τη διάρκεια της επιλογής γλώσσας έχετε επιλέξει κάποιο σύνολο " +"τοπικών ρυθμίσεων άλλο από το <quote>C</quote> το <command>tasksel</" +"command> θα ελέγξει αν έχουν καθοριστεί οποιαδήποτε καθήκοντα τοπικοποίησης " +"για αυτό και θα προσπαθήσει αυτόματα να εγκαταστήσει τα σχετικά πακέτα. Αυτό " +"περιλαμβάνει για παράδειγμα πακέτα που περιέχουν λίστες λέξεων ή ειδικές " +"γραμματοσειρές για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν επιλέξατε ένα γραφικό περιβάλλον " +"εργασίας, θα εγκαταστήσει επίσης κατάλληλα πακέτα τοπικοποίησης γι' αυτό το " +"περιβάλλον (αν υπάρχουν τέτοια διαθέσιμα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -4033,7 +4054,7 @@ msgstr "" "παρακινήσει ανάλογα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -4052,7 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4071,13 +4092,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4092,13 +4113,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4115,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4133,13 +4154,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -4162,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να εκκινήσετε το GNU/Linux από μια δισκέττα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4185,19 +4206,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4210,7 +4232,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρήστες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4223,7 +4245,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4235,13 +4257,14 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωτή εκκίνησης που θα θέλατε να χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4259,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4274,7 +4297,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4284,13 +4307,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4300,13 +4323,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4318,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4338,7 +4361,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών όπως <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ή <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4355,13 +4378,14 @@ msgstr "" "επιστρέψετε στο Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4392,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4410,13 +4434,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4436,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4473,13 +4497,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4491,13 +4515,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4511,13 +4535,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4532,13 +4556,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4551,13 +4575,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4571,13 +4595,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4622,13 +4646,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4638,13 +4662,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4654,13 +4678,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4670,13 +4694,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4686,13 +4710,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4713,13 +4737,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4734,13 +4758,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4757,13 +4781,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4797,13 +4822,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4823,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4846,13 +4871,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4864,13 +4889,13 @@ msgstr "" "Συνίσταται κυρίως σε ένα \"σιγύρισμα\" μετά τη χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Ρολογιού του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4884,7 +4909,7 @@ msgstr "" "στοιχεία όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4903,7 +4928,7 @@ msgstr "" "διπλής εκκίνησης επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4915,13 +4940,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρόνο, ανάλογα με την επιλογή που μόλις κάνατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4933,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει στο καινούριο σας σύστημα Debian. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4947,13 +4972,13 @@ msgstr "" "σαν ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων στα πρώτα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4965,13 +4990,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4984,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -5001,13 +5026,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -5034,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -5042,7 +5067,7 @@ msgstr "" "using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -5059,7 +5084,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να κλείσετε το κέλυφος και να επιστρέψετε στον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -5077,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr "" "με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -5089,7 +5114,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -5102,7 +5127,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -5117,13 +5142,13 @@ msgstr "" "το κέλυφος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5142,7 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5167,7 +5192,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5177,7 +5202,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5201,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5213,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5247,7 +5272,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5273,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr "" "τη δυνατότητα να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση μετά την επανασύνδεση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5297,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνέπεια θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο αν είναι αναγκαία." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5322,7 +5347,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5343,7 +5368,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5360,13 +5385,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Φόρτωση λογισμικού firmware που απουσιάζει" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5382,7 +5407,7 @@ msgstr "" "firmwareχρειάζεται μόνο για την ενεργοποίηση επιπρόσθετων χαρακτηριστικών." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5401,7 +5426,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>) και το άρθρωμα του οδηγού της συσκευής θα ξαναφορτωθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5419,7 +5444,7 @@ msgstr "" "και amd64 firmware μπορεί επίσης να φορτωθεί από μια κάρτα MMC ή SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5431,7 +5456,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5449,13 +5474,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Προετοιμασία ενός μέσου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5476,7 +5501,7 @@ msgstr "" "στάδια της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5492,7 +5517,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων του μέσου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5509,7 +5534,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού που δεν αφορούν firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5521,13 +5546,13 @@ msgstr "" "παράδειγμα από ένα ήδη εγκατεστημένο σύστημα ή από έναν κατασκευαστή." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Λογισμικό firmware και το Εγκατεστημένο Σύστημα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5546,7 +5571,7 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωθεί εξαιτίας της αλλαγής (skew) του πυρήνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5563,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "" "του." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5575,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέχρι το πακέτο (του λογισμικού) εγκατασταθεί με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5587,4 +5612,3 @@ msgstr "" "firmware που αντιγράφηκε στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> " "θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα αν δεν εγκατασταθεί το αντίστοιχο πακέτο λογισμικού " "(εφόσον είναι διαθέσιμο) μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." - diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 9a7b13041..48300f6e4 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-12 21:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1253,7 +1253,13 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1266,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr "" "luetteloa näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön enemmittä kyselyittä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1278,7 +1284,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisuutta. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1289,13 +1295,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun on käynnistetty uusi järjestelmä. Tämä tehdään komennolla:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1310,7 +1316,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> tai <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." @@ -1319,13 +1325,13 @@ msgstr "" "vastauksilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1343,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai salatut laitteet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1353,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1375,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoon ei enää pääse käsiksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1389,13 +1395,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Ohjattu osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1412,14 +1418,14 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1435,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1451,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1469,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1486,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1501,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1519,73 +1525,73 @@ msgstr "" "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1595,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1608,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1622,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1633,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilman tiedostojärjestelmää aboot-käynnistyslataimelle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1645,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1696,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1716,13 +1722,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Tee osiot itse" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1737,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1751,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "uusi rivi <quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1790,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1810,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Osion voi myös poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1826,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1838,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1854,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1868,13 +1874,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1894,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1908,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2037,97 +2043,97 @@ msgstr "" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2136,19 +2142,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2157,13 +2163,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä kahdella)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2172,7 +2178,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kaikkien osioiden määrä jaettuna kimpalekopioiden määrällä (oletusarvo kaksi)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2182,7 +2188,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2198,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2218,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> on RAID1." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2236,7 +2242,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2258,7 +2264,7 @@ msgstr "" "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2270,7 +2276,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2288,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2298,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2308,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>neljä</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2328,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "eri levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2346,7 +2352,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2361,13 +2367,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2383,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2403,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2423,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2440,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2460,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2470,43 +2476,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2516,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2526,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2538,13 +2544,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2565,7 +2571,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2593,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2606,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "" "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2626,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2642,7 +2648,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2656,13 +2662,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2686,13 +2692,13 @@ msgstr "" "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2705,13 +2711,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2730,7 +2736,7 @@ msgstr "" "hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2745,25 +2751,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2777,13 +2783,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2801,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2820,13 +2826,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2847,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2859,13 +2865,13 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2878,25 +2884,25 @@ msgstr "" "pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2910,19 +2916,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2940,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2956,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2980,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3003,7 +3009,7 @@ msgstr "" "salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3036,7 +3042,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3054,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3062,13 +3068,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3082,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr "" "kulua toinenkin tovi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3098,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3110,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3123,13 +3129,13 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3141,13 +3147,13 @@ msgstr "" "käyttäjätunnuksia voidaan luoda kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3160,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3176,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3188,13 +3194,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3208,7 +3214,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3228,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3241,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3251,13 +3257,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3272,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "tietokone tai verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3313,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr "" "hallintaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3327,7 +3333,7 @@ msgstr "" "on valmis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3345,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakaata jakelua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3360,13 +3366,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> ja <quote>non-free</quote> -osista. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Asennus monelta CD- tai DVD-levyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3380,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" "olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3395,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" "valittaviin tehtäviin kuuluvia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3408,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttävät kokoelman viimeisillä levyillä olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3425,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai ehkä kaksi ensimmäistä DVD:tä, riittää useimmille. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3440,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr "" "työpöytäympäristölle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3457,13 +3463,13 @@ msgstr "" "mutta numerojärjestystä käyttämällä ei niin helposti sählää." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Asentaminen verkossa olevalta asennuspalvelimelta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3475,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta on muutamia poikkeuksia. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3493,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>työpöytä</literal>-tehtävää. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3514,7 +3520,7 @@ msgstr "" "valikoiden. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3528,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "kerrottiin. Verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen käyttö ei ole pakollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3544,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakautta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3559,26 +3565,26 @@ msgstr "" "Asennuspalvelinta käytettäessä noudettavan datan määrä riippuu siis" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "asennuksen seuraavassa vaiheessa valittavista tehtävistä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "noiden tehtävien tarvitsemista paketeista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "mitkä noista paketeista ovat luetuilla CD- tai DVD-levyillä ja" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3590,7 +3596,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvapäivitysten tai volatilepäivitysten palvelimelta)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3604,13 +3610,13 @@ msgstr "" "palvelimella ja nämä päivitykset on otettu käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3627,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3661,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3673,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3683,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3696,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "paitsi jos käytetään KDE:tä tai Xfce:tä varten tehtyjä erikoislevyjä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3725,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "valitsimella <literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3735,7 +3741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for KDE or Xfce are " @@ -3759,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "otosta tai mitä tahansa muuta asennustapaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3779,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3790,7 +3796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3803,7 +3809,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3817,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" "näyttää kehotteen asennuksen aikana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3835,7 +3841,7 @@ msgstr "" "on alkanut." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3852,13 +3858,13 @@ msgstr "" "testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3872,13 +3878,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3893,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3909,13 +3915,13 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3937,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3959,19 +3965,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3983,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloittelijoille että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3995,7 +4001,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4006,13 +4012,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon, ja valitse siellä haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4029,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4042,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4052,13 +4058,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4066,13 +4072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4084,13 +4090,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4104,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4120,13 +4126,13 @@ msgstr "" "käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4154,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4171,13 +4177,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4196,13 +4202,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4242,13 +4248,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4263,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4283,13 +4289,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4304,13 +4310,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4322,13 +4328,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4342,13 +4348,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4393,13 +4399,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4409,13 +4415,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4423,13 +4429,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4438,13 +4444,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4454,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4480,13 +4486,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4501,13 +4507,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4523,13 +4529,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4560,13 +4566,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4585,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "" "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4606,13 +4612,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4623,13 +4629,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävät. Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Tehdään kellon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4642,7 +4648,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4661,7 +4667,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4673,13 +4679,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehdyn valinnan mukaiseti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän uudelleenkäynnistys" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4690,7 +4696,7 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen laite käynnistetään uudelleen uuteen Debian-järjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4704,13 +4710,13 @@ msgstr "" "juuritiedostojärjestelmäksi asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4721,13 +4727,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4739,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4755,13 +4761,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4787,14 +4793,14 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "Graafista asenninta käytettäessä katso myös <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4810,7 +4816,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4828,7 +4834,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4840,7 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4852,7 +4858,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4866,13 +4872,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkissa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4889,7 +4895,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4911,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4921,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4943,7 +4949,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4955,7 +4961,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4987,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5011,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "" "voiko asennusta jatkaa kun yhteys on muodostettu uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5033,7 +5039,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuten toipunut). Sitä oli siis käytettävä vain tarvittaessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5057,7 +5063,7 @@ msgstr "" "ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5077,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5093,13 +5099,13 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Puuttuvan laitetiedoston lataaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5114,7 +5120,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäominaisuuksien saamiseen käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5132,7 +5138,7 @@ msgstr "" "lib/firmware</filename>) ja laiteajuria vastaava moduuli ladataan uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5150,7 +5156,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmisto voidaan ladata myös MMC- tai SD-kortilta</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5161,7 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" "laite toimii ilmankin tai jos laitetta ei tarvita asennuksen aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5178,13 +5184,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Taltion valmistelu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5204,7 +5210,7 @@ msgstr "" "tuettu asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5219,7 +5225,7 @@ msgstr "" "vastaava tar-tiedosto ja pura se taltion tiedostojärjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5236,7 +5242,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5248,13 +5254,13 @@ msgstr "" "laitevalmistajalta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Laiteohjelmisto ja asennettu järjestelmä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5272,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistoa voida ladata versioerojen vuoksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5288,7 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaattisesti jos uusi versio julkaistaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5300,7 +5306,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketti) on asennettu käyttäjän toimesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po index 2e672a7cf..be4c2e695 100644 --- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 08:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -1239,7 +1239,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1252,7 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1261,7 +1267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1270,13 +1276,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1287,20 +1293,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1318,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1329,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1350,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Ez a lemez korábbi adatait elérhetetlenné teszi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1364,13 +1370,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1387,14 +1393,14 @@ msgstr "" "beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1410,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "biztonságát nyújtja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1425,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1442,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1459,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1475,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1492,73 +1498,73 @@ msgstr "" "választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minimum hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Minden fájl 1 partíción" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Önálló /home partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Önálló /home, /usr, /var és /tmp partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1568,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1581,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "partícióval együtt, az LVM partíción belül jön létre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1594,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "menüelem is látszik a formázó menüben EFI indító partíció kézi beállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1606,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1617,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1667,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges változatot mutat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1687,13 +1693,13 @@ msgstr "" "alább írt kézi particionálás szerint." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1708,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "szakasz további részeiben." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1722,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "jelenik meg a választott lemezen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1757,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1778,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1793,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1805,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" "meg nem teszed." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1821,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1835,13 +1841,13 @@ msgstr "" "kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1868,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1882,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "csatolható, és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are " @@ -2008,98 +2014,98 @@ msgstr "" "para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Típus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Tartalék eszköz" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Elérhető hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nincs</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "lehet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2109,21 +2115,21 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2136,14 +2142,14 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2151,7 +2157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2161,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2176,7 +2182,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2189,7 +2195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2212,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr "" "megoldhatják." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2233,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr "" "következők a választott MD típustól függenek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2244,7 +2250,7 @@ msgstr "" "listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2269,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" "az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet hiba esetén." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2279,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2292,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2305,7 +2311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2323,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2337,13 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "" "például csatolási pontok társítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2359,7 +2365,7 @@ msgstr "" "így tovább kellett kezelni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2378,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "közt is átnyúlhatnak." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2399,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> leírást." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2416,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2435,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2445,43 +2451,43 @@ msgstr "" "eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2491,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "képernyőhöz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2501,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetek létrehozására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2513,13 +2519,13 @@ msgstr "" "is kezelhetők)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2541,7 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2569,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" "betöltése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2583,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr "" "hosszán múlik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2603,7 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "" "módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2619,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "ok, ajánlott az alap használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2633,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "lettek kiválasztva." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2664,13 +2670,13 @@ msgstr "" "érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2683,13 +2689,13 @@ msgstr "" "teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algoritmus: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2706,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok általi törés megakadályozása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2720,25 +2726,25 @@ msgstr "" "az újabb algoritmusokat." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Jelmondat</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt állítható be a titkosító kulcs e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Jelmondat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2752,13 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "alapján, mely e folyamat folyatásában adható meg." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Véletlen kulcs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2775,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmus ismeretlen gyengesége nélkül ez nem lehetséges a mi életünkben.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2794,13 +2800,13 @@ msgstr "" "partícióra a felfüggesztéskor írt adatok visszaállítása." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Adatok törlése: <userinput>igen</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2820,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" "felülírás után. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2832,13 +2838,13 @@ msgstr "" "alábbi lehetőségeket adja:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2850,25 +2856,25 @@ msgstr "" "szakaszt a titkosításokról és kulcsok méreteiről további adatokért." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt adható meg a titkosító kulcs típusa e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2882,19 +2888,19 @@ msgstr "" "egy ilyen megadására)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Lásd a véletlen kulcsok szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2911,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" "egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2927,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "" "rokonok nevei és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2950,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2972,7 +2978,7 @@ msgstr "" "titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3004,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -3030,7 +3036,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3038,13 +3044,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3057,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3073,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3085,7 +3091,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3098,13 +3104,13 @@ msgstr "" "az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3113,13 +3119,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3133,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3149,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "használatát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3161,13 +3167,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3181,7 +3187,7 @@ msgstr "" "bejelentkezésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3201,7 +3207,7 @@ msgstr "" "elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3215,7 +3221,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiókhoz tartozó jelszót." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3225,13 +3231,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>adduser</command> parancsot." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3246,13 +3252,13 @@ msgstr "" "hálózat esetén." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Az apt beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3286,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" "hivatalosan ajánlott csomag-kezelő eszköz az <command>aptitude</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3301,7 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "" "után is szerkeszthetők." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3313,7 +3319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3324,13 +3330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3340,7 +3346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3350,7 +3356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3360,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3371,7 +3377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3381,7 +3387,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3393,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3408,7 +3414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3420,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3433,7 +3439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3443,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3454,7 +3460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3465,26 +3471,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3493,7 +3499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3503,13 +3509,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3526,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3559,7 +3565,7 @@ msgstr "" "igényét." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3577,7 +3583,7 @@ msgstr "" "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3587,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "" "feladat kijelölésének váltásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3595,7 +3601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3609,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3619,7 +3625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3631,7 +3637,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3659,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3670,7 +3676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3683,7 +3689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3696,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "választott feladatok részei." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3712,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésének leállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3729,13 +3735,13 @@ msgstr "" "használatakor történik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3749,13 +3755,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3770,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian mellett." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3786,13 +3792,13 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentációját." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>aboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3813,13 +3819,13 @@ msgstr "" "oda, ahova a Debiant is telepítetted, a GNU/Linuxot flopiról kell indítanod." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3835,19 +3841,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3859,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "egyaránt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3871,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr "" "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3882,13 +3888,13 @@ msgstr "" "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3904,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3918,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr "" "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3928,13 +3934,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésére:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3944,13 +3950,13 @@ msgstr "" "irányítását." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "új Debian partíció" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3962,13 +3968,13 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Más választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3984,7 +3990,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4000,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4033,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" "indítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4049,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4072,13 +4078,13 @@ msgstr "" "formázhatja a partíciót a telepítés alatt, letörölheti a korábbi tartalmat!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4106,13 +4112,13 @@ msgstr "" "más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4124,13 +4130,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájlnevekkel." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4143,13 +4149,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4163,13 +4169,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4181,13 +4187,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4201,13 +4207,13 @@ msgstr "" "vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4250,13 +4256,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command> parancs." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4265,13 +4271,13 @@ msgstr "" ": az indítandó SCSI busz, <userinput>0</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "lemez" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4280,13 +4286,13 @@ msgstr "" ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre az <command>arboot</command> települt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "part.sz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4296,13 +4302,13 @@ msgstr "" "bejegyzés neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4310,13 +4316,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr ": a " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4335,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian; indítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4354,13 +4360,13 @@ msgstr "" "beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4376,13 +4382,13 @@ msgstr "" "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4411,13 +4417,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4435,7 +4441,7 @@ msgstr "" "megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4456,13 +4462,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4473,13 +4479,13 @@ msgstr "" "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4492,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr "" "például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4511,7 +4517,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4520,13 +4526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4539,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszerre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4553,13 +4559,13 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Egyebek" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4570,13 +4576,13 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4588,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> könyvtárba." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4604,13 +4610,13 @@ msgstr "" "jelentésbe." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4635,13 +4641,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4656,7 +4662,7 @@ msgstr "" "lezárásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4673,7 +4679,7 @@ msgstr "" "szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4685,7 +4691,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> könyvtárban találhatók." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4697,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4710,13 +4716,13 @@ msgstr "" "a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4733,7 +4739,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4754,7 +4760,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4764,7 +4770,7 @@ msgstr "" "után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4785,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4797,7 +4803,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiválasztható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4829,7 +4835,7 @@ msgstr "" "gép ujjlenyomata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4845,7 +4851,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4859,7 +4865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4881,7 +4887,7 @@ msgstr "" "kapcsolódsz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4900,7 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4915,13 +4921,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepített rendszeren." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4931,7 +4937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4943,7 +4949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4955,7 +4961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4964,7 +4970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4975,13 +4981,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4994,7 +5000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5005,7 +5011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5016,7 +5022,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5025,13 +5031,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5043,7 +5049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5054,7 +5060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5063,7 +5069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ja/using-d-i.po b/po/ja/using-d-i.po index ec3e92dc5..1db0edf59 100644 --- a/po/ja/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ja/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-28 00:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -1234,7 +1234,13 @@ msgstr "" "とはできません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1247,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr "" "ムは一覧を表示せず、そのタイムゾーンであると仮定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1258,7 +1264,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>異なる</emphasis>ものにしたい場合は、2 つの選択肢があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1269,13 +1275,13 @@ msgstr "" "タイムゾーンを選択することです。以下のようなコマンドになります。" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1291,20 +1297,20 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "自動インストール用に、タイムゾーンは preseed を用いても設定できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "パーティションの分割とマウントポイントの選択" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1322,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1332,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1354,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" "できなくなることに注意してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1368,13 +1374,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> を選んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "ガイドパーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1391,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "サポートを利用します。</para> </footnote> を利用する方法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1400,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "わけではありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1417,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1432,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "スクのサイズにより、時間がかかることがあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1449,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "に、インストーラは変更してよいか確認してきます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1466,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。ディスクサイズを確認の手がかりにしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1481,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1498,73 +1504,73 @@ msgstr "" "依存します) がなければ、ガイドパーティション分割は失敗してしまいます。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "パーティション分割方法" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "最低容量" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "作成するパーティション" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "All files in one partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separate /home partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1574,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1588,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1602,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "セットアップするよう、フォーマットメニューに追加メニュー項目があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1614,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr "" "ん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1626,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "いった情報が含まれています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1676,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" "んが、手動パーティション分割で使用できる変化を示します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1697,13 +1703,13 @@ msgstr "" "ティション分割で修正してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手動パーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1718,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンの使用法については、本節の残りで扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1732,7 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "SPACE</quote> (空き領域) という新しい行が現れます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1770,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "イン画面に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1791,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1807,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "に進みません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1818,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> がそれを検出し、行うまで先に進むことができません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1834,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1848,13 +1854,13 @@ msgstr "" "成するかどうか確認することになります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "マルチディスクデバイス (ソフトウェア RAID) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1873,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm> の方が有名) と呼びます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1887,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "てられる等) と同様に使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1993,97 +1999,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> まとめると以下のようになります。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "デバイス最小構成数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "予備デバイス" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "ディスク破損に耐えるか?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "利用可能領域" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>×</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×デバイス数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "任意" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>○</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2091,19 +2097,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×(デバイス数 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2111,13 +2117,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最小パーティションのサイズ×(RAID にあるデバイス数 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2125,7 +2131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "全パーティションサイズ÷チャンクのコピー数 (デフォルトは 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2135,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2150,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr "" "ニューの <command>partman</command> で行えます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2170,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> に RAID1 を用いる例が選択したり得ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2187,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "して動作させることができるかも知れません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2208,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。その後は選択した MD デバイスに依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2219,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" "に MD にするパーティションを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2238,7 +2244,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2249,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2260,7 +2266,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2280,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、たくさんのアクティブデバイスがなければなりません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2298,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "ション) で結合できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2312,13 +2318,13 @@ msgstr "" "設定してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージャ (LVM) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2334,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" "とになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2353,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "リュームグループも)、複数の物理ディスクをまたがって定義できると言うことです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2374,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2391,7 +2397,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> を選ぶことで行います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2410,7 +2416,7 @@ msgstr "" "作は以下の通りです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2420,43 +2426,43 @@ msgstr "" "の名称やサイズなどを表示します" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの拡張" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの縮小" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2466,7 +2472,7 @@ msgstr "" "ります" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2476,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr "" "のメニューのオプションを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2487,13 +2493,13 @@ msgstr "" "常のボリュームと同じように表示されています (そして同じように扱えます)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "暗号化ボリュームの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2514,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr "" "ないと、ハードディスクのデータはランダムな文字列にしか見えません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2540,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションからカーネルを起動する方法がないからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2554,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr "" "けます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2574,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" "ティションを暗号化するオプションが追加されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2591,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2604,13 +2610,13 @@ msgstr "" "デフォルト値を指定してください。セキュリティを念頭に置いて選択されています。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2634,13 +2640,13 @@ msgstr "" "り、21 世紀の機密情報を保護する標準暗号化アルゴリズムとして採用されました。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2653,13 +2659,13 @@ msgstr "" "影響を与えます。利用できる暗号化キーのサイズは暗号方式に依存します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2676,7 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "" "を推測できないようにします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2689,25 +2695,25 @@ msgstr "" "ない、以前インストールしたシステムと互換をとる場合のみ使用してください。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2720,13 +2726,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink> を使用して設定するという意味です。</para></footnote>します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2743,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "" "解読されないでしょう)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2762,13 +2768,13 @@ msgstr "" "なってしまうのです。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2788,7 +2794,7 @@ msgstr "" "データを復元できると信じられています。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2800,13 +2806,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンを提供するように変わります。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2818,25 +2824,25 @@ msgstr "" "ださい。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2849,19 +2855,19 @@ msgstr "" "は、適切なパスフレーズを入力する必要があります (後のプロセスで要求されます)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "前述の Random key の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "前節の Erase data の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2879,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" "かかるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2894,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr "" "前など) でないものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2917,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "トが有効でなかったのかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2938,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。暗号化するパーティションの数だけ繰り返します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2971,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2988,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> で扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2996,13 +3002,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "パーティション分割の内容に納得いったら、インストールに進んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "基本システムのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3015,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr "" "接続しかなければ、ある程度時間がかかるかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3031,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> を押してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3043,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3056,13 +3062,13 @@ msgstr "" "先度モードでは、利用可能なカーネルのリストから選ぶことができます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "ユーザとパスワードのセットアップ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3074,13 +3080,13 @@ msgstr "" "ウントは、インストール完了後に作成してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root パスワードの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3094,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用するのみにすべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3109,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3121,13 +3127,13 @@ msgstr "" "ワードを教える必要は、通常決してありません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "一般ユーザの作成" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3141,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3160,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "今までご存じなければ、ご一読ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3173,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" "フォルトになります。最後にこのアカウントのパスワードを求められます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3183,13 +3189,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> コマンドを使用してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3204,13 +3210,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3245,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "理の推奨ユーティリティです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3259,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3276,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr "" "ミラーを追加します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3291,13 +3297,13 @@ msgstr "" "の有無を選べます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "2 枚以上の CD/DVD でのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3310,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージをインストールするため、スキャンしたくなると思います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3324,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3337,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr "" "後の CD に入っているパッケージを使用することになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3354,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "のをカバーできるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3368,7 +3374,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境をすべてカバーしています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3385,13 +3391,13 @@ msgstr "" "低くなります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "ネットワークミラーの利用" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3403,7 +3409,7 @@ msgstr "" "が、中には例外もあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3420,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> タスクを選択<emphasis>しない</emphasis>のが最善でしょう" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3439,7 +3445,7 @@ msgstr "" "インストールは、(新しいシステムで起動した後など) 後で行うのがよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3453,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションとなります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3468,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "延ばすことができます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3483,26 +3489,26 @@ msgstr "" "のダウンロードするデータ量は、以下に依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "インストールの次のステップで選択するタスク。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "どのパッケージがそのタスクに必要か。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "そのパッケージがスキャンした CD や DVD に収録されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3514,7 +3520,7 @@ msgstr "" "意されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3528,13 +3534,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択・インストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3551,7 +3557,7 @@ msgstr "" "集中します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3584,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "必要容量一覧があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3596,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択をはずせます。全くタスクを選ばないようにもできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3606,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "" "グルできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3616,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境</quote> タスクは、GNOME デスクトップ環境をインストールします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3637,7 +3643,7 @@ msgstr "" "もっと軽量な Xfce デスクトップ環境や LXDE デスクトップ環境を選択できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3651,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "environments</quote> を探してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3668,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr "" "ストールがうまくいくでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3688,7 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3704,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "にしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3723,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "" "ルします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3737,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3754,7 +3760,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールを始めたら、キャンセルするオプションはありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3771,13 +3777,13 @@ msgstr "" "メージを使用していると、こういったことが起こり得ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "システムを起動可能に" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3792,13 +3798,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "他 OS の検出" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3813,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "きるように、このコンピュータを設定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3828,13 +3834,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。作動しない場合は、詳細についてブートマネージャの文書を調べるべきです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>aboot</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3855,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr "" "ら GNU/Linux を起動しなければならないでしょう。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3877,19 +3883,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux パーティションを読むことができるからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( もっと情報が必要 )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Grub</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3901,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr "" "選んでおけばよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3914,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3925,13 +3931,13 @@ msgstr "" "てください。そしてそこから、使用したいブートローダを選択してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>LILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3947,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3961,7 +3967,7 @@ msgstr "" "ということを表します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3971,13 +3977,13 @@ msgstr "" "提示します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3987,13 +3993,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "new Debian partition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4005,13 +4011,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールし、第 2 のブートローダとして動作します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Other choice" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4027,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"lenny\">従来の名前を</phrase>使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4043,13 +4049,13 @@ msgstr "" "ということを意味します!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>ELILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4077,7 +4083,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote> により実際に実行されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4094,13 +4100,13 @@ msgstr "" "システムがあるディスクのパーティションを選択します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "正しいパーティションを選択してください!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4118,13 +4124,13 @@ msgstr "" "トして、以前の内容をすべて消去するかもしれないことを覚えておいてください!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI パーティションの内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4154,13 +4160,13 @@ msgstr "" "のファイルシステムにその他のファイルがあるかもしれません。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4172,13 +4178,13 @@ msgstr "" "ピーです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4191,13 +4197,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> を選択するとこれが起動します。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4211,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> で指し示す <filename>/boot</filename> にあるファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4229,13 +4235,13 @@ msgstr "" "する小さなテキストファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4249,13 +4255,13 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4299,13 +4305,13 @@ msgstr "" "い。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4315,13 +4321,13 @@ msgstr "" "となる。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4331,13 +4337,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4346,13 +4352,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> があるパーティションの番号を表す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4362,13 +4368,13 @@ msgstr "" "は <quote>linux</quote> である。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Yaboot</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4388,13 +4394,13 @@ msgstr "" "が &debian; を起動できるように設定されています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Quik</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4408,13 +4414,13 @@ msgstr "" "Powermac や Power Computing のクローンで動作することが知られています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4430,13 +4436,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote> を見てください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>SILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4466,13 +4472,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris と一緒に GNU/Linux をインストールするのなら、これが便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダなしで継続" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4490,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr "" "ステムでは、このオプションが特に役に立ちます。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4512,13 +4518,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "インストールの完了" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4529,13 +4535,13 @@ msgstr "" "終段階です。ほとんどが &d-i; の後片付けです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "システム時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4548,7 +4554,7 @@ msgstr "" "れているかどうか、といったことから UTC を基準にするかどうかを判断します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4566,7 +4572,7 @@ msgstr "" "現地時間を選択してください。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4577,13 +4583,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。先ほどの選択により、UTC か現地時間のどちらかで保存します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "システムの再起動" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4594,7 +4600,7 @@ msgstr "" "促されます。システムはこの後、新しい Debian システムで再起動します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4607,13 +4613,13 @@ msgstr "" "イルシステムとして選択した DASD から GNU/Linux を IPL してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "その他" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4624,13 +4630,13 @@ msgstr "" "うまく行かない時に、ユーザの助けになるようバックグラウンドで待っています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "インストールログの保存" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4642,7 +4648,7 @@ msgstr "" "ています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4658,13 +4664,13 @@ msgstr "" "したいときに便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "シェルの使用とログの参照" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4689,14 +4695,14 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> でインストーラ自体に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "グラフィカルインストーラでは、<xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4711,7 +4717,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> と入力すると、シェルを終了してインストーラに戻ります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4729,7 +4735,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4741,7 +4747,7 @@ msgstr "" "log</filename> ディレクトリにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4753,7 +4759,7 @@ msgstr "" "しかありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4766,13 +4772,13 @@ msgstr "" "swap を有効にするようにし、シェルから手動で行わないようにしましょう。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "ネットワーク越しのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4789,7 +4795,7 @@ msgstr "" "この部分は <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> で自動化できます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4811,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "" "ばれる新しいメニュー項目が表示されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4821,7 +4827,7 @@ msgstr "" "法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4842,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>に、安全に転送する必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4853,7 +4859,7 @@ msgstr "" "メニューに戻ります。そこで別のコンポーネントを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4884,7 +4890,7 @@ msgstr "" "認してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4907,7 +4913,7 @@ msgstr "" "により、再接続後にインストールを再開できるかどうかが決まるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4929,7 +4935,7 @@ msgstr "" "用は必要最小限にするべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4952,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "" "もう一度行う必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4971,7 +4977,7 @@ msgstr "" "べきですが、シェル用には複数のセッションを起動できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4986,13 +4992,13 @@ msgstr "" "インストールしたシステムに何か問題が発生するかもしれません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "見つからないファームウェアの読み込み" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5007,7 +5013,7 @@ msgstr "" "が必要になります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5025,7 +5031,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジュールを再読込します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5043,7 +5049,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5055,7 +5061,7 @@ msgstr "" "にご注意ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5071,13 +5077,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> 参照) としてご報告ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "メディアの準備" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5097,7 +5103,7 @@ msgstr "" "されている、FAT を使用するのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5112,7 +5118,7 @@ msgstr "" "スの tarball をダウンロードし、メディアのファイルシステムに展開するだけです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5128,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージを含むかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5140,13 +5146,13 @@ msgstr "" "から入手できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "ファームウェアとインストールしたシステム" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5164,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" "がわずかにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5180,7 +5186,7 @@ msgstr "" "できるようになると、自動的に更新するという利点があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5192,7 +5198,7 @@ msgstr "" "トールしたシステムで動作しないでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 06eee833a..9f2561502 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-11 22:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1229,7 +1229,13 @@ msgstr "" "서 시스템 시각을 수동으로 맞추는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1242,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1253,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" "용하려면, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1264,13 +1270,13 @@ msgstr "" "법입니다. 다음과 같은 명령을 사용합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1285,20 +1291,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>이나 <userinput>UTC</userinput>가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "자동 설치에서는 시간대를 다음과 같이 미리 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1315,7 +1321,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1325,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1347,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "터를 잃어버립니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1360,13 +1366,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem>를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "자동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1383,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> 사용하는 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1391,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "아키텍처에 따라 (암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 옵션을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1407,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "안전합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1422,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다), 디스크 크기에 따라 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1438,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 쓰기 전에 계속해도 좋을 지 확인 질문을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1455,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 디스크 용량으로도 어떤 디스크인지 확인할 수 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1470,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 경우에는 취소가 불가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1487,76 +1493,76 @@ msgstr "" "용량은 다릅니다) 자동 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" # 주의: 메세지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "모두 한 파티션에 설치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메세지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "/home 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메세지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "/home, /usr/, /var, /tmp 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1566,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1579,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "포함) LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1592,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1603,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1615,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1665,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "" "것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1684,13 +1690,13 @@ msgstr "" "준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 바꿀 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "수동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1705,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1718,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "공간</quote>이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1755,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1775,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 파티션을 지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1790,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1802,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1817,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1830,13 +1836,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1855,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "(더 자주 쓰이는 다른 말로 <firstterm>RAID</firstterm>라고 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1869,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1968,97 +1974,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2066,19 +2072,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2086,13 +2092,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2100,7 +2106,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "전체 파티션 나누기 단위 복사물의 개수 (기본값 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2110,7 +2116,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2125,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2144,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>에 RAID1을 사용하는 것도 한 가지 방법입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2161,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2182,7 +2188,7 @@ msgstr "" "했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2193,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2211,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" "다고 해도, 개수가 맞아야 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2221,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2231,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2251,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "래야 모든 카피가 다른 디스크에 분배됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2269,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2283,13 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "LVM (논리 볼륨 관리자) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2304,7 +2310,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2323,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2342,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2357,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2375,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" "용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2385,43 +2391,43 @@ msgstr "" "크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2431,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" "아갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2440,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2452,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2478,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" "암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2503,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2516,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2535,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2551,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2564,13 +2570,13 @@ msgstr "" "미 보안을 염두에 두고 기본값이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2594,13 +2600,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2613,13 +2619,13 @@ msgstr "" "있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2636,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 암호화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2650,25 +2656,25 @@ msgstr "" "우에만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>암호</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "암호" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2681,13 +2687,13 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "무작위 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2704,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 무작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2722,13 +2728,13 @@ msgstr "" "왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2748,7 +2754,7 @@ msgstr "" "있다고 합니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2759,13 +2765,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2777,25 +2783,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2808,19 +2814,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 암호를 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 암호를 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 무작위 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2837,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2852,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2874,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr "" "치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우에 이런 일이 일어날 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2895,7 +2901,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2926,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2943,7 +2949,7 @@ msgstr "" "뒤의 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2951,13 +2957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2971,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2987,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2999,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3012,13 +3018,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3029,13 +3035,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 설정합니다. 설치가 끝난 다음에 다른 사용자 계정도 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "루트 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3049,7 +3055,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3064,7 +3070,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용하지 마십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3075,13 +3081,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 루트 암호는 다른 사람에게 알려주면 안 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3094,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 <emphasis>안 됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3114,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" # first name은 성이 아니라 이름이다 #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3127,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 계정의 암호를 입력하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3137,13 +3143,13 @@ msgstr "" "령을 사용하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가 소프트웨어 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3157,13 +3163,13 @@ msgstr "" "베이스 시스템 설치보다도 더 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "APT 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3197,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "지 관리에 사용하길 권장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3210,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr "" "파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3227,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" "업데이트 서비스에 대한 미러 사이트도 추가합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3242,13 +3248,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 패키지를 추가할 지도 결정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "여러 개의 CD/DVD에서 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3261,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr "" "그램에서 그 CD나 DVD에 들어 있는 패키지를 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3274,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 해당하는 패키지를 설치할 수 없을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3287,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하는 사람은 거의 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3303,7 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 첫번째 DVD나 두번째 DVD만으로도 필요한 대부분의 패키지가 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3317,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3333,13 +3339,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 읽어들이면 실패할 가능성이 줄어듭니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "네트워크 미러 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3350,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 받게 됩니다. 기본값을 사용해도 되지만 예외의 경우가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3367,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 태스크를 선택하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 편이 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3386,7 +3392,7 @@ msgstr "" "패키지를 설치하는 게 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3399,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 네트워크 미러는 꼭 사용하지 않아도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3414,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 더 오래동안 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3429,26 +3435,26 @@ msgstr "" "그러므로 미러 사이트를 사용할 경우 다운로드할 데이터의 크기는" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "다음 설치 단계에서 선택하는 태스크," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "그 태스크에 필요한 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "그 패키지 중에 사용 중인 CD/DVD에 들어 있는 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3459,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "반 패키지 미러이든 보안/유동 업데이트 미러이든 간에) 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3472,13 +3478,13 @@ msgstr "" "운로드할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3494,7 +3500,7 @@ msgstr "" "리 마쳐서 컴퓨터를 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3526,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"tasksel-size-list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3538,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3548,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3561,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 그놈 데스크탑 환경을 설치합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3588,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 파라미터를 사용하면 더 가벼운 Xfce 데스크탑을 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3598,7 +3604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for KDE or Xfce are " @@ -3620,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "이용하는 경우에는 이 방법으로 KDE나 Xfce를 설치하는데 문제가 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3639,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>, 웹 서버: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3650,7 +3656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3663,7 +3669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3676,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr "" "자가 설정해야 하는 프로그램이 있으면 설치하는 중에 알려 줍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3692,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" "수도 있습니다. 패키지 설치를 일단 시작하면 취소하는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3709,13 +3715,13 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하면 이런 일이 발생합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3729,13 +3735,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 검색" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3750,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "정합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3765,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "서에서 더 자세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3792,13 +3798,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3814,19 +3820,19 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 읽을 수 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3838,7 +3844,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3850,7 +3856,7 @@ msgstr "" "보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3861,13 +3867,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 다음, 사용하고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3883,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3896,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3906,13 +3912,13 @@ msgstr "" "다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3920,13 +3926,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "이렇게 하면 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 담당합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3937,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치하고 보조 부트로더로 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3956,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/hda</filename> 혹은 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3972,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "요합니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4005,7 +4011,7 @@ msgstr "" "시작하는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4021,13 +4027,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4044,13 +4050,13 @@ msgstr "" "당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4079,13 +4085,13 @@ msgstr "" "템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4097,13 +4103,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4117,13 +4123,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4137,13 +4143,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4155,13 +4161,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 없어집니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4175,13 +4181,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4224,13 +4230,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4240,13 +4246,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4254,13 +4260,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4268,13 +4274,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4284,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4309,13 +4315,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4329,13 +4335,13 @@ msgstr "" "품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4351,13 +4357,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4387,13 +4393,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4410,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr "" "면서 기존 운영 체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4431,13 +4437,13 @@ msgstr "" "및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4448,13 +4454,13 @@ msgstr "" "정리하는 일입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "시스템 시계 맞추기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4467,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" "에, 이 질문은 보통 물어보지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4484,7 +4490,7 @@ msgstr "" "춥니다. 듀얼 부팅을 하려면 UTC가 아니라 지역별 시각으로 맞추십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4495,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 사항에 따라 UTC로 저장할 수도 있고 지역별 시각으로 저장할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "시스템 다시 시작" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4512,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "나옵니다. 그 다음에 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4525,13 +4531,13 @@ msgstr "" "선택했던 DASD에서, GNU/리눅스를 부팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4542,13 +4548,13 @@ msgstr "" "지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4559,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4574,13 +4580,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4605,13 +4611,13 @@ msgstr "" "시 돌아올 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "그래픽 설치 프로그램은 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> 부분도 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4626,7 +4632,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4643,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4655,7 +4661,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4667,7 +4673,7 @@ msgstr "" "션입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4680,13 +4686,13 @@ msgstr "" "설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4703,7 +4709,7 @@ msgstr "" "따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4724,7 +4730,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4734,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4754,7 +4760,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4765,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "" "인 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 메인 메뉴에서 다른 컴포넌트를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4795,7 +4801,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4819,7 +4825,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4841,7 +4847,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.) 그러니 이 옵션은 필요한 경우에만 사용해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4864,7 +4870,7 @@ msgstr "" "시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4883,7 +4889,7 @@ msgstr "" "어야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4898,13 +4904,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "없는 펌웨어 읽어들이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4917,7 +4923,7 @@ msgstr "" "가끔 기본적인 기능은 동작하고 추가적인 기능에서만 펌웨어가 필요하기도 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4934,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4951,7 +4957,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4962,7 +4968,7 @@ msgstr "" "웨어 읽어들이기를 건너 뛸 수도 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4978,13 +4984,13 @@ msgstr "" "참고.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "미디어 준비하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5002,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다. (FAT는 설치 앞 단계에서도 지원하는 파일 시스템이므로.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5017,7 +5023,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 미디어의 파일 시스템에 풀어 놓으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5032,7 +5038,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 아닌 패키지도 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5043,13 +5049,13 @@ msgstr "" "놓은 시스템에서 가져올 수도 있고 하드웨어 공급사가 제공해 줄 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "펌웨어 및 설치한 시스템" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5065,7 +5071,7 @@ msgstr "" "낮지만 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5080,7 +5086,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5091,7 +5097,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 장치가 설치한 시스템에서 동작하지 않을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 035d6ce12..98bb5bc67 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -657,61 +657,67 @@ msgid "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Inter msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -720,163 +726,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -899,601 +905,601 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> can be an option." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least <emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> (for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the copies can be distributed onto different disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1506,619 +1512,619 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between the ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the installer can use the packages included on them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the last CDs in a set." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of mistakes." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use of a network mirror is optional." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for security or volatile updates)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter <literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the <quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really minimal system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization packages for that (if available)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2131,289 +2137,289 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2422,127 +2428,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup — the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after reconnecting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver module will be reloaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an MMC or SD card.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named <filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be supported during the early stages of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the tarball for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the medium." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware packages:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or from a hardware vendor." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware cannot be loaded due to version skew." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated automatically if a new version becomes available." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware (package) is installed manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after the installation is completed." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 3531f5e5e..a70a063f1 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-24 22:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1302,7 +1302,13 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente, a hora durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1316,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1328,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "duas opções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1340,13 +1346,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto é:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1362,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ou <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." @@ -1371,13 +1377,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizando 'preseeding'." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1396,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "tais como RAID, LVM e dispositivos encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1406,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais detalhes, veja o <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1428,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco incessíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1443,13 +1449,13 @@ msgstr "" "partir do menu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Guiado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1467,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1476,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1493,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "seus dados pessoais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1510,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "tamanho do seu disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1528,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1546,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "discos pode ajudar a identificá-los." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1562,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "(encriptado) isto não é possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1580,73 +1586,73 @@ msgstr "" "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1656,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1670,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1685,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1697,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1709,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1760,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1781,13 +1787,13 @@ msgstr "" "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Manual" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1803,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1818,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "debaixo do disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1860,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1882,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "ext3 e swap. Este menu permite-lhe ainda apagar uma partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1898,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1910,7 +1916,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1926,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1941,13 +1947,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar Dispositivos Multidisco (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1968,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1983,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2095,55 +2101,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2151,43 +2157,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2197,19 +2203,19 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2219,13 +2225,13 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos dois)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2235,7 +2241,7 @@ msgstr "" "definido para dois)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2245,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2261,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2282,7 +2288,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2300,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação manualmente a partir de uma shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2323,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2335,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2356,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "" "até que corrija o problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2367,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2378,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2398,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "que todas as cópias possam ser distribuidas em discos diferentes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2416,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" "muito fiável de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2431,13 +2437,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2454,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2474,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2495,7 +2501,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2512,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2532,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2542,43 +2548,43 @@ msgstr "" "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2588,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2598,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "" "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2610,13 +2616,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2639,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2667,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2682,7 +2688,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2703,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2720,7 +2726,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2734,13 +2740,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2766,13 +2772,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2786,13 +2792,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2810,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr "" "repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2825,25 +2831,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2857,13 +2863,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2881,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2901,13 +2907,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2928,7 +2934,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2940,13 +2946,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2959,26 +2965,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2992,19 +2998,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias, acima." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3023,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3040,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3065,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3088,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3122,7 +3128,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3141,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3151,13 +3157,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3170,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3187,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3199,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação foi feita através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3213,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3232,13 +3238,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar terminada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3253,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3270,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3283,13 +3289,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3303,7 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3324,7 +3330,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3339,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3349,13 +3355,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3370,13 +3376,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3411,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> é agora o utilitário recomendado para gestão de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3425,7 +3431,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiro ao seu gosto após a instalação estar completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3444,7 +3450,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3460,13 +3466,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> do arquivo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Instalar a partir de mais do que um CD ou DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3480,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejará fazer isto para que o instalador utilize os pacotes incluidos neles." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3495,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "etapa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3509,7 +3515,7 @@ msgstr "" "dos pacotes incluidos nos últimos CDs do conjunto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3527,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" "das necessidades." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3541,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionais. O primeiro DVD facilmente cobre os três ambientes de trabalho." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3558,13 +3564,13 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisá-los por ordem ascendente irá reduzir a hipótese de erros." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Utilizar um 'mirror' de rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3576,7 +3582,7 @@ msgstr "" "resposta pré-definida deve estar bem, mas existem algumas excepções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3594,7 +3600,7 @@ msgstr "" "próxima etapa da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3615,7 +3621,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciado para o novo sistema)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3629,7 +3635,7 @@ msgstr "" "explicado na secção anterior. A utilização de um 'mirror' de rede é opcional." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3645,7 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprometer a segurança ou a establidade do sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3661,26 +3667,26 @@ msgstr "" "'mirror' de rede depende de" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "das tarefas que escolher na próxima etapa da instalação," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "cujos pacotes são necessários para essas tarefas," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "dos quais estão presentes nos CDs ou DVDs que pesquisou, e" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3692,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" "mirror de actualizações 'security' ou 'volatile')." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3706,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr "" "'security' ou 'volatile' e se esses serviços estiverem configurados." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3730,7 +3736,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3764,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3777,7 +3783,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3787,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3798,7 +3804,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3820,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> ou <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3834,7 +3840,7 @@ msgstr "" "por <quote>Ambientes de trabalho anternativos</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3853,7 +3859,7 @@ msgstr "" "método de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3873,7 +3879,7 @@ msgstr "" "web: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3889,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "" "queira mesmo um sistema minimalista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3904,12 +3910,13 @@ msgstr "" "não <quote>C</quote>, o <command>tasksel</command> irá verificar se estão " "definidas quaisquer tarefas de localização para esse locale e irá " "automaticamente tentar instalar pacotes de localização relevantes. Isto " -"inclui por exemplo pacotes com listas de palavras ou tipos de letra especiais " -"para o seu idioma. Se foi escolhido um ambiente de trabalho gráfico, também " -"irá instalar os pacotes de localização apropriados (se disponíveis)." +"inclui por exemplo pacotes com listas de palavras ou tipos de letra " +"especiais para o seu idioma. Se foi escolhido um ambiente de trabalho " +"gráfico, também irá instalar os pacotes de localização apropriados (se " +"disponíveis)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3923,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais informação do utilizador irá pedi-la durante este processo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3941,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" "não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3960,13 +3967,13 @@ msgstr "" "antiga." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3981,13 +3988,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4003,7 +4010,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4020,13 +4027,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -4048,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4071,19 +4078,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4096,7 +4103,7 @@ msgstr "" "experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4108,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4120,13 +4127,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4143,7 +4150,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4157,7 +4164,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4167,13 +4174,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4183,13 +4190,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4201,13 +4208,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4221,7 +4228,7 @@ msgstr "" "como <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4237,14 +4244,14 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4273,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" "de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4291,13 +4298,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4316,13 +4323,13 @@ msgstr "" "anterior!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4352,13 +4359,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4370,13 +4377,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4390,13 +4397,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4411,13 +4418,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4430,13 +4437,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4450,13 +4457,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4500,13 +4507,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4516,13 +4523,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4531,13 +4538,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4546,13 +4553,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4562,13 +4569,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4589,13 +4596,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4610,13 +4617,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4633,13 +4640,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4671,13 +4678,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4696,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4718,13 +4725,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4736,13 +4743,13 @@ msgstr "" "arrumar tudo após o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio do Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4756,7 +4763,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4775,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr "" "de UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4787,13 +4794,13 @@ msgstr "" "da selecção que foi acabada de fazer." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Reiniciar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4805,7 +4812,7 @@ msgstr "" "no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4819,13 +4826,13 @@ msgstr "" "etapas da instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4837,13 +4844,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4855,7 +4862,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4871,13 +4878,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4903,13 +4910,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Para o instalador gráfico veja também <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4925,7 +4932,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4943,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" "agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4955,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4967,7 +4974,7 @@ msgstr "" "de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4981,13 +4988,13 @@ msgstr "" "não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5005,7 +5012,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5028,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5038,7 +5045,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5061,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5073,7 +5080,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5105,7 +5112,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5130,7 +5137,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode, ou não, conseguir retomar a instalação após ligar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5152,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "" "recuperado), por isso deve apenas ser utilizado quando for necessário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5176,7 +5183,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>></command> </para> </footnote> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5196,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5212,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Carregar Firmware em Falta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5233,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "" "falta e for apenas necessário para habilitar funcionalidades adicionais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5252,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" "será novamente carregado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5271,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5283,7 +5290,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessário durante a instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5300,13 +5307,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação (veja <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Preparar um meio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5326,7 +5333,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais provável a ser suportado durante as etapas iniciais da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5342,7 +5349,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema de ficheiros na media." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5358,7 +5365,7 @@ msgstr "" "conter pacotes que não sejam de firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5370,13 +5377,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas já instalados ou a partir de um fabricante de hardware." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Firmware e o Sistema Instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5395,7 +5402,7 @@ msgstr "" "devido à diferença de versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5411,7 +5418,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticatamente se estiver disponível uma nova versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5423,7 +5430,7 @@ msgstr "" "até o (pacote de) firmware ser instalado manualmente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index 60966b858..32e1c2955 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1313,7 +1313,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalării nu este posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1327,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemul va folosi acel fus orar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1339,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "două opțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1351,14 +1357,14 @@ msgstr "" "lucru este:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" # trebuie să testez dacă EET e valid, în loc de UTC #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1374,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/Bucharest</userinput> sau <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." @@ -1383,13 +1389,13 @@ msgstr "" "preconfigurare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partiționarea și selectarea punctelor de montare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1409,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1420,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1442,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "imposibil accesul la datele de pe acel disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1456,13 +1462,13 @@ msgstr "" "automat, alegeți din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1479,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1489,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1507,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "" "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1524,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "de dimensiunea discului." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1542,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "cere să confirmați aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1561,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificarea lor." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1577,7 +1583,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1596,73 +1602,73 @@ msgstr "" "eșua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spațiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiții create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fișierele pe o partiție" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiție /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiții /home, /usr, /var și /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1672,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1686,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiției LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1701,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1713,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "a rezerva spațiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1725,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "formatate și dacă vor fi montate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1776,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1797,13 +1803,13 @@ msgstr "" "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1819,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1834,7 +1840,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1873,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1895,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "și să ștergeți o partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1911,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr "" "lăsa să continuați până nu corectați această problemă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1923,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuați până când nu alocați una." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1940,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1955,13 +1961,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemele de fișiere ar trebui create așa cum s-a cerut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1990,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</firstterm></quote>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2005,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "montare, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2104,55 +2110,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipul" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minim de dispozitive" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Supraviețuiește la un defect de disc?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Spațiu disponibil" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2160,43 +2166,43 @@ msgstr "" "RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opțional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>da</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiții din RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2206,21 +2212,21 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2233,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" @@ -2241,7 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # nu-mi place deloc cum e tradus; aștept sugestii #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2251,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "două)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2262,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2280,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" # nu-mi place traducerea pentru stripped #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2301,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> poate fi o variantă posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2327,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalare sau configurare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2349,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2361,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectați partițiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2390,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2401,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2412,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2433,7 +2439,7 @@ msgstr "" "active astfel încât copiile să fie distribuite pe discuri diferite." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2451,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "(partiție de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2466,13 +2472,13 @@ msgstr "" "precum punctele de montare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2489,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr "" "legături simbolice, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2509,7 +2515,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2530,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi bine să citiți <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Rețetarul LVM</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2547,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2567,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr "" "Acțiunile posibile sunt:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2575,43 +2581,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2619,7 +2625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2629,7 +2635,7 @@ msgstr "" "și și apoi creați volumele logice în interiorul acestuia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2641,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr "" "obișnuite (și ar trebui tratate ca atare)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurarea volumelor criptate" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2669,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "" "datele de pe disc vor părea a fi caractere aleatoare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2698,7 +2704,7 @@ msgstr "" "fișiere criptat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2714,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate numele meniurilor cu ce e în D-I #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2735,7 +2741,7 @@ msgstr "" "acea partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2753,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate opțiunile din meniu dacă sunt în concordanță cu textul #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2767,13 +2773,13 @@ msgstr "" "în vedere securitatea." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Criptare: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2799,14 +2805,14 @@ msgstr "" "protejarea datelor confidențiale în secolul 21." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dimensiunea cheii: <userinput>256</userinput>" # mi-ar plăcea o altă traducere pentru 'strength' #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2820,13 +2826,13 @@ msgstr "" "dimensiuni de chei depinde de algoritmul de criptare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmul VI: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2844,7 +2850,7 @@ msgstr "" "șabloane repetate în datele criptate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2859,25 +2865,25 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmii mai noi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Cheia de criptare: <userinput>Parolă-frază</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Aici puteți alege tipul de cheie de criptare pentru această partiție." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Parolă-frază" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2892,13 +2898,13 @@ msgstr "" "procesului." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Cheie aleatoare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2917,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifrare.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2930,13 +2936,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2950,7 +2956,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2959,13 +2965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2974,25 +2980,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3002,19 +3008,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3026,7 +3032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3037,7 +3043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3052,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3066,7 +3072,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3086,7 +3092,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3098,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3106,13 +3112,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3122,7 +3128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3139,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3148,7 +3154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3158,13 +3164,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3173,13 +3179,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3189,7 +3195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3200,7 +3206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3209,13 +3215,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3225,7 +3231,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3238,7 +3244,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3248,7 +3254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3256,13 +3262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3272,13 +3278,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3299,7 +3305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3309,7 +3315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3321,7 +3327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3332,13 +3338,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3348,7 +3354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3358,7 +3364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3368,7 +3374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3379,7 +3385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3389,7 +3395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3401,13 +3407,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3416,7 +3422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3428,7 +3434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3441,7 +3447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3451,7 +3457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3462,7 +3468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3473,26 +3479,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3501,7 +3507,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3511,13 +3517,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3529,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3549,7 +3555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3558,7 +3564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3566,7 +3572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3574,7 +3580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3588,7 +3594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3598,7 +3604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3610,7 +3616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3623,7 +3629,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3634,7 +3640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3647,7 +3653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3657,7 +3663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3669,7 +3675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3681,13 +3687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3697,13 +3703,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3714,7 +3720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3725,13 +3731,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3745,13 +3751,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3762,19 +3768,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3783,7 +3789,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3792,7 +3798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3801,13 +3807,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3818,7 +3824,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3828,7 +3834,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3836,13 +3842,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3850,13 +3856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3865,13 +3871,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3881,7 +3887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3892,13 +3898,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3915,7 +3921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3927,13 +3933,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3945,13 +3951,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3969,13 +3975,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3984,13 +3990,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4000,13 +4006,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4016,13 +4022,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4031,13 +4037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4047,13 +4053,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4078,13 +4084,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4092,13 +4098,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4106,13 +4112,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4120,13 +4126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4134,13 +4140,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4153,13 +4159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4169,13 +4175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4186,13 +4192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4210,13 +4216,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4228,7 +4234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4242,13 +4248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4257,13 +4263,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4273,7 +4279,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4285,7 +4291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4294,13 +4300,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4309,7 +4315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4319,13 +4325,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4334,13 +4340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4349,7 +4355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4360,13 +4366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4382,13 +4388,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4399,7 +4405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4411,7 +4417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4420,7 +4426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4429,7 +4435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4439,13 +4445,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4457,7 +4463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4471,7 +4477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4479,7 +4485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4493,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4502,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4521,7 +4527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4537,7 +4543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4551,7 +4557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4566,7 +4572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4579,7 +4585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4590,13 +4596,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4606,7 +4612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4618,7 +4624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4630,7 +4636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4639,7 +4645,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4650,13 +4656,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4669,7 +4675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4680,7 +4686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4691,7 +4697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4700,13 +4706,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4718,7 +4724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4729,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4738,7 +4744,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 0983f5ea0..b14f5f2c1 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-12 12:54+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1285,7 +1285,13 @@ msgstr "" "системное время вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1299,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "система выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1311,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "в выбранном местонахождении, то есть два способа сделать это." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1322,13 +1328,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузитесь в новую систему. Это можно сделать с помощью следующей команды:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1343,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "например <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> или <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." @@ -1352,13 +1358,13 @@ msgstr "" "ответов." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1376,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройка RAID, LVM или шифрованных устройств." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1386,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесса, смотрите <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1408,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "станут недоступными." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1422,13 +1428,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Автоматическая разметка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1446,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1454,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1471,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1487,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1504,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1522,7 +1528,7 @@ msgstr "" "диски вам поможет их показанный размер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1537,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1556,73 +1562,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1632,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1646,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1661,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1673,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1685,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1735,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1755,13 +1761,13 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка вручную" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1776,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1790,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1831,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1852,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1869,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1881,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1897,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1911,13 +1917,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройств Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1938,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "название, <firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1953,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2063,101 +2069,101 @@ msgstr "" "контрольных сумм. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2167,20 +2173,20 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2190,13 +2196,13 @@ msgstr "" "два)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2206,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию два)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2216,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2232,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2252,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> и RAID1 для <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2270,7 +2276,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2292,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2303,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2323,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2333,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2343,7 +2349,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>четыре</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2364,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "" "все копии по разным дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2382,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" "для <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2396,13 +2402,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2419,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2439,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2460,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2477,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2497,7 +2503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2507,43 +2513,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2553,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2563,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2575,13 +2581,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2603,7 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2631,7 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2645,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2665,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2681,7 +2687,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2695,13 +2701,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2726,13 +2732,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2746,13 +2752,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2770,7 +2776,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2785,25 +2791,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2817,13 +2823,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2841,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2860,13 +2866,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2887,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2899,13 +2905,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2917,25 +2923,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2950,19 +2956,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2980,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2997,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3021,7 +3027,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3044,7 +3050,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3078,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3096,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3105,13 +3111,13 @@ msgstr "" "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3125,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3141,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3153,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3167,13 +3173,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3186,13 +3192,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3207,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3223,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3236,13 +3242,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3257,7 +3263,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3278,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3291,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3301,13 +3307,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3322,13 +3328,13 @@ msgstr "" "базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер или соединение с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3364,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуется использовать для управления пакетами." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3378,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3396,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновлений <quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3412,13 +3418,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> и <quote>non-free</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Установка с нескольких CD или DVD дисков" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3433,7 +3439,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать пакеты с этих дисков." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3447,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующем этапе задач смогут быть установлены." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3460,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторые люди на самом деле используют пакеты с последнего CD-диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3477,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "" "первых двух DVD хватит для большинства задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3491,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" "первом DVD легко вмещаются все три окружения рабочего стола." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3508,13 +3514,13 @@ msgstr "" "ошибку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Использование сетевого сервера-зеркала пакетов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3526,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию вполне приемлемо, но не всегда." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3544,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "" "стол</literal> на следующем шаге установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3564,7 +3570,7 @@ msgstr "" "после перезагрузки в новую систему)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3578,7 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Использовать сетевой сервер-зеркало в данном случае необязательно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3593,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" "ущерба безопасности или стабильности устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3608,26 +3614,26 @@ msgstr "" "которые требуется скачать, если вы выбрали зеркало, зависит от" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "задач, которые вы выберете на следующем этапе установки," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "пакетов, которые необходимы для этих задач," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "какие из этих пакетов есть на просканированных CD/DVD, и" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3639,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности или часто изменяемых данных)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3653,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "версии, и если эти были сервисы настроены." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3676,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3711,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для доступных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3724,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3734,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3745,7 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "" "рабочего стола GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3767,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3781,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "пункт <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3799,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовании образа DVD или другого метода установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3819,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3835,7 +3841,7 @@ msgstr "" "работоспособную систему." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3848,7 +3854,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3862,7 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "" "задаст её во время данного процесса." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3879,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr "" "времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3897,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr "" "происходить, если у вас устаревший образ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3917,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3939,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3955,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3983,13 +3989,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4005,20 +4011,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4030,7 +4036,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4043,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4055,14 +4061,14 @@ msgstr "" "хотите использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4079,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4093,7 +4099,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4103,13 +4109,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4119,13 +4125,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "новый раздел Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4137,13 +4143,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4157,7 +4163,7 @@ msgstr "" "или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4173,14 +4179,14 @@ msgstr "" "искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4208,7 +4214,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4225,13 +4231,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4249,13 +4255,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4285,13 +4291,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4303,13 +4309,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4323,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4344,13 +4350,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4362,13 +4368,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4382,13 +4388,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4432,13 +4438,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4448,13 +4454,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4464,13 +4470,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4479,13 +4485,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4495,14 +4501,14 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4522,14 +4528,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4544,13 +4550,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4566,14 +4572,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4604,13 +4610,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4629,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4651,13 +4657,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4668,13 +4674,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнит ещё пару действий. В основном, это уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Настройка системного времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4688,7 +4694,7 @@ msgstr "" "машине не установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4707,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr "" "вместо UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4719,13 +4725,13 @@ msgstr "" "выбора, который вы недавно делали." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Перезагрузка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4737,7 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагружен в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4751,13 +4757,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4769,13 +4775,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4787,7 +4793,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4803,13 +4809,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4836,7 +4842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -4844,7 +4850,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4860,7 +4866,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4878,7 +4884,7 @@ msgstr "" "автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4890,7 +4896,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4902,7 +4908,7 @@ msgstr "" "что-то заработает неправильно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4916,13 +4922,13 @@ msgstr "" "самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4940,7 +4946,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4962,7 +4968,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4972,7 +4978,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4994,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5006,7 +5012,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5037,7 +5043,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5063,7 +5069,7 @@ msgstr "" "переподключения." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5086,7 +5092,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5110,7 +5116,7 @@ msgstr "" "</command>. </para> </footnote> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5130,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5145,13 +5151,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Загрузка отсутствующих микропрограмм" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5166,7 +5172,7 @@ msgstr "" "для предоставления дополнительных возможностей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5185,7 +5191,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвером." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5202,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма также загружается с карт MMC или SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5214,7 +5220,7 @@ msgstr "" "время установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5231,13 +5237,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Подготовка носителя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5257,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживается на самых ранних этапах установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5272,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужный выпуск и распакуйте его на файловую систему носителя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5287,7 +5293,7 @@ msgstr "" "также может содержать пакеты без микропрограмм:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5299,13 +5305,13 @@ msgstr "" "поставщика оборудования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Микропрограмма в установленной системе" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5324,7 +5330,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма не загрузится из-за изменений ядра." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5339,7 +5345,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически обновлять микропрограмму при появлении новой версии." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5351,7 +5357,7 @@ msgstr "" "пока микропрограмма (пакет) не будет установлена вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 0eea085de..cc265e2f9 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 13:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,74 +29,210 @@ msgstr "Hur installationsprogrammet fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet startas." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella " +"ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent " +"gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att " +"utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för " +"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet " +"startas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som " +"inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att " +"användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges " +"genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel " +"du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som " +"standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att " +"använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i " +"<quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda " +"kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet " +"eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</" +"userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "For this architecture the &d-i; supports two different user interfaces: a character-based one and a graphical one. The character-based interface is used by default unless you selected the <quote>Graphical install</quote> option in the initial boot menu. For more information about the graphical installer, please refer to <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." -msgstr "För denna arkitektur har &d-i; stöd för två olika användargränssnitt: ett teckenbaserat och ett grafiskt. Det teckenbaserade gränssnittet används som standard såvida du inte valde alternativet <quote>Grafisk installation</quote> i den initiala uppstartsmenyn. För mer information om det grafiska installationsprogrammet, referera till <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." +msgid "" +"For this architecture the &d-i; supports two different user interfaces: a " +"character-based one and a graphical one. The character-based interface is " +"used by default unless you selected the <quote>Graphical install</quote> " +"option in the initial boot menu. For more information about the graphical " +"installer, please refer to <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För denna arkitektur har &d-i; stöd för två olika användargränssnitt: ett " +"teckenbaserat och ett grafiskt. Det teckenbaserade gränssnittet används som " +"standard såvida du inte valde alternativet <quote>Grafisk installation</" +"quote> i den initiala uppstartsmenyn. För mer information om det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet, referera till <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:67 #, no-c-format -msgid "For this architecture the installer uses a character-based user interface. A graphical user interface is currently not available." -msgstr "För denna arkitektur använder installationsprogrammet ett teckenbaserat användargränssnitt. Ett grafiskt användargränssnitt är för närvarande inte tillgängligt." +msgid "" +"For this architecture the installer uses a character-based user interface. A " +"graphical user interface is currently not available." +msgstr "" +"För denna arkitektur använder installationsprogrammet ett teckenbaserat " +"användargränssnitt. Ett grafiskt användargränssnitt är för närvarande inte " +"tillgängligt." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:72 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the character-based environment the use of a mouse is not supported. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "I den teckenbaserade miljön stöds inte användningen av en mus. Här är tangenterna som du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogrutorna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Skift</keycap> <keycap>Tabb</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. Piltangenterna <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap> väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa listor, trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> och <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"In the character-based environment the use of a mouse is not supported. Here " +"are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"I den teckenbaserade miljön stöds inte användningen av en mus. Här är " +"tangenterna som du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogrutorna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Skift</keycap> <keycap>Tabb</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. Piltangenterna " +"<keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap> väljer olika poster i den " +"rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa " +"listor, trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar " +"med den bokstav du tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> " +"och <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. " +"<keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd " +"&enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:89 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster " +"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:104 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -107,8 +243,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:119 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:130 @@ -119,14 +261,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:130 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:140 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly " +"to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera " +"gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -137,8 +296,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden " +"på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett " +"och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:161 @@ -149,8 +316,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:161 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:170 @@ -161,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:170 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:179 @@ -185,8 +360,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:187 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:196 @@ -197,8 +376,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:196 #, no-c-format -msgid "Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." -msgstr "Söker efter ISO-avbildningar (<filename>.iso</filename>-filer) på hårddiskar." +msgid "" +"Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." +msgstr "" +"Söker efter ISO-avbildningar (<filename>.iso</filename>-filer) på hårddiskar." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:204 @@ -209,8 +390,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:204 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:213 @@ -221,8 +406,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:222 @@ -233,8 +422,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:222 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:232 @@ -245,8 +440,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:241 @@ -257,8 +456,12 @@ msgstr "clock-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:241 #, no-c-format -msgid "Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not." -msgstr "Uppdaterar systemklockan och fastställer huruvida klockan är inställd till UTC eller inte." +msgid "" +"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTC or " +"not." +msgstr "" +"Uppdaterar systemklockan och fastställer huruvida klockan är inställd till " +"UTC eller inte." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:250 @@ -281,8 +484,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:258 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -293,8 +505,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:280 @@ -305,8 +521,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:280 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:289 @@ -317,8 +537,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:298 @@ -329,8 +553,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to set up Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to set up Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:309 @@ -341,8 +572,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:309 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:318 @@ -365,8 +600,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:326 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installationsprogrammet körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installationsprogrammet körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:335 @@ -377,8 +616,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:335 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:343 @@ -389,8 +632,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:343 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:355 @@ -401,8 +654,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:355 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:366 @@ -413,8 +675,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:366 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:375 @@ -425,8 +689,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:375 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:393 @@ -437,8 +708,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:406 @@ -449,20 +732,59 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av Debians installationsprogram och maskinvara" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:407 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av " +"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, " +"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett " +"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med " +"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:420 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom " +"alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen " +"behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:428 #, no-c-format -msgid "During hardware detection &d-i; checks if any of the drivers for the hardware devices in your system require firmware to be loaded. If any firmware is requested but unavailable, a dialog will be displayed that allows the missing firmware to be loaded from a removable medium. See <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> for further details." -msgstr "Under maskinvarudetektering så kontrollerar &d-i; om några av drivrutinerna för maskinvaran i ditt system kräver att fast programvara läses in. Om någon fast programvara begärs men inte finns tillgänglig så kommer en dialogruta att visas där saknad fast programvara läses in från ett flyttbart media. Se <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> för ytterligare detaljer." +msgid "" +"During hardware detection &d-i; checks if any of the drivers for the " +"hardware devices in your system require firmware to be loaded. If any " +"firmware is requested but unavailable, a dialog will be displayed that " +"allows the missing firmware to be loaded from a removable medium. See <xref " +"linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> for further details." +msgstr "" +"Under maskinvarudetektering så kontrollerar &d-i; om några av drivrutinerna " +"för maskinvaran i ditt system kräver att fast programvara läses in. Om någon " +"fast programvara begärs men inte finns tillgänglig så kommer en dialogruta " +"att visas där saknad fast programvara läses in från ett flyttbart media. Se " +"<xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> för ytterligare detaljer." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:443 @@ -473,44 +795,112 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne / minimalt minnesläge" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:445 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:452 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the installation has completed." -msgstr "Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts." +msgid "" +"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to " +"disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in " +"English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the " +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets " +"minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att " +"installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande " +"lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:459 #, no-c-format -msgid "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause the installation to fail." -msgstr "Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att installationen misslyckas." +msgid "" +"If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory " +"consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic " +"installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You " +"will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but " +"you should be aware that each component you select will use additional " +"memory and thus may cause the installation to fail." +msgstr "" +"Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska " +"minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är " +"nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar " +"installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa " +"in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje " +"komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att " +"installationen misslyckas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:468 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a relatively large swap partition (64–128MB). The swap partition will be used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity." -msgstr "När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64–128 MB). Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk." +msgid "" +"If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a " +"relatively large swap partition (64–128MB). The swap partition will be " +"used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to " +"the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as " +"possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will " +"reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity." +msgstr "" +"När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du " +"skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64–128 MB). " +"Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden " +"minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att " +"använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. " +"Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt " +"systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)." -msgstr "Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)." +msgid "" +"Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that " +"unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because " +"the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</" +"quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)." +msgstr "" +"Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att " +"oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet " +"har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-" +"meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:485 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 partition to ext3 after the installation." -msgstr "Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till ext3 efter installationen." +msgid "" +"For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails " +"in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap " +"doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential " +"component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 " +"partition to ext3 after the installation." +msgstr "" +"Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort " +"filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite " +"växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då " +"istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i " +"installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till " +"ext3 efter installationen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the " +"one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</" +"quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre " +"lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda " +"uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend=" +"\"installer-args\"/>." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:508 @@ -521,44 +911,119 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalanpassningsalternativ" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:510 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen " +"och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av " +"språk, land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:517 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:524 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:531 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed both in English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed both in English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer " +"att installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:543 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> (the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där flera lokalanpassningar finns för det språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, kommer du härnäst att bli visad en lista över endast dessa länder. För att välja ett land som inte finns i listan väljer du <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> (sista alternativet). Du kommer då att få se en lista över kontinenter; välj en kontintent för att lista relevanta länder på den kontinenten." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +"continent." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där flera lokalanpassningar finns " +"för det språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, kommer du " +"härnäst att bli visad en lista över endast dessa länder. För att välja ett " +"land som inte finns i listan väljer du <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"(sista alternativet). Du kommer då att få se en lista över kontinenter; välj " +"en kontintent för att lista relevanta länder på den kontinenten." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:561 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the installer." -msgstr "Om språket endast har ett associerat land kommer landet att automatiskt väljas. I det fallet är det endast möjligt att välja ett annat land genom att först sänka debconf-prioriteten till medium, följt av att än en gång gå till språkval i installationsprogrammets huvudmeny." +msgid "" +"If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will " +"be selected automatically. In that case it is only possible to select a " +"different country by first lowering the debconf priority to medium, followed " +"by revisiting the language selection option in the main menu of the " +"installer." +msgstr "" +"Om språket endast har ett associerat land kommer landet att automatiskt " +"väljas. I det fallet är det endast möjligt att välja ett annat land genom " +"att först sänka debconf-prioriteten till medium, följt av att än en gång gå " +"till språkval i installationsprogrammets huvudmeny." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:569 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:584 @@ -569,20 +1034,56 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:586 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:596 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:635 @@ -593,26 +1094,80 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbildning för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbildningen för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbildningen för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbildning har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-" +"avbildning har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess " +"innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller " +"inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</" +"command> efter en annan avbild." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbildning för installationsprogrammet misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbildning för " +"installationsprogrammet misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att " +"fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen " +"kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela " +"filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:667 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbildning för installationsprogrammet, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbildning för " +"installationsprogrammet, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem " +"och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:688 @@ -623,26 +1178,93 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:690 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:701 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on " +"the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really " +"slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:727 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd dessa standardvärden — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the " +"bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the " +"netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these " +"answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them " +"by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has " +"been installed." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är " +"bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den " +"kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här " +"svaren, använd dessa standardvärden — du kan ändra dem när systemet " +"har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:772 @@ -653,233 +1275,436 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:774 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet (using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time during the installation process." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kommer först att försöka att ansluta till en tidsserver på Internet (med <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-protokollet) för att ställa in systemtiden korrekt. Om detta inte lyckas kommer installationsprogrammet att anta att den tid och datum som hämtas från systemklockan, när installationssystemet startades upp, är korrekt. Det är inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " +"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set " +"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the " +"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system " +"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time " +"during the installation process." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kommer först att försöka att ansluta till en " +"tidsserver på Internet (med <firstterm>NTP</firstterm>-protokollet) för att " +"ställa in systemtiden korrekt. Om detta inte lyckas kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att anta att den tid och datum som hämtas från " +"systemklockan, när installationssystemet startades upp, är korrekt. Det är " +"inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i tidigare i installationsprocessen så kommer du kanske att bli visad en lista över tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " +"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " +"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " +"system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i tidigare i installationsprocessen så kommer " +"du kanske att bli visad en lista över tidszoner som är relevanta för den " +"platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli " +"tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format -msgid "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two options." -msgstr "Om du av någon anledning vill ställa in en tidszon för det installerade systemet som <emphasis>inte</emphasis> matchar den valda platsen så finns det två alternativ." +msgid "" +"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " +"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Om du av någon anledning vill ställa in en tidszon för det installerade " +"systemet som <emphasis>inte</emphasis> matchar den valda platsen så finns " +"det två alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format -msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:" -msgstr "Det enklaste alternativet är att bara välja en annan tidszon efter att installationen har färdigställts och du har startat upp det nya systemet. Kommandot för att göra detta är:" +msgid "" +"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " +"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " +"command to do this is:" +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste alternativet är att bara välja en annan tidszon efter att " +"installationen har färdigställts och du har startat upp det nya systemet. " +"Kommandot för att göra detta är:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>." -msgstr "Alternativt kan tidszonen ställas in i början av installationen genom att skicka parametern <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> när du startar upp installationssystemet. Värdet ska så klart vara en giltig tidszon, till exempel <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " +"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/" +"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the " +"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for " +"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan tidszonen ställas in i början av installationen genom att " +"skicka parametern <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></" +"userinput> när du startar upp installationssystemet. Värdet ska så klart " +"vara en giltig tidszon, till exempel <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> " +"eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format -msgid "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." -msgstr "För automatiserade installationer kan tidszonen även ställas in med förinställning." +msgid "" +"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För automatiserade installationer kan tidszonen även ställas in med " +"förinställning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här avsnittet indikerar är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna partitionering av dina diskar, skapande av filsystem, tilldelning av monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som krypterade LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här " +"avsnittet indikerar är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna " +"partitionering av dina diskar, skapande av filsystem, tilldelning av " +"monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som krypterade " +"LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Om du känner dig osäker med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " +"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du känner dig osäker med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer " +"detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on that disk inaccessible." +"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " +"detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does " +"not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few " +"sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on " +"that disk inaccessible." msgstr "" -"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att <quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." +"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte " +"partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny " +"partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att " +"<quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt " +"befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Guidad partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering (LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a " +"256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner " +"direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering " +"(LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 " +"bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </" +"para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format -msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla arkitekturer." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" +"Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla " +"arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format -msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." -msgstr "När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." +msgid "" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa " +"de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden " +"är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra " +"storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen " +"inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger " +"extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format -msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." -msgstr "När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk." +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" +"När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att " +"automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det " +"här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar " +"av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare " +"installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din " +"disk." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa " +"ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när " +"LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för " +"närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den " +"här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta " +"dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) " +"LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken " +"som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du " +"har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de " +"listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan " +"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." -msgstr "Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här inte möjligt." +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du " +"kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på " +"disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna " +"ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här " +"inte möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen " +"nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk " +"dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt " +"utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende " +"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer " +"installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/" +"boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer " +"att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att " +"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra " +"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera " +"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, " +"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och " +"var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -898,7 +1723,12 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -916,1684 +1746,3680 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB växl växl\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria " +"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: " +"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering " +"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den " +"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som " +"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Manuell partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table " +"and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det " +"behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med " +"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " +"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its " +"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free " +"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your " +"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which " +"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for " +"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. " +"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which " +"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't " +"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. " +"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a " +"different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the " +"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice " +"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this " +"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select " +"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return " +"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " +"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " +"typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga " +"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din " +"nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, " +"vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller " +"användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat " +"filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar " +"monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka " +"inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de " +"förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa " +"ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd " +"som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här " +"partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som " +"växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan " +"trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition " +"till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar " +"med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i " +"<command>partman</command>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so " +"you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at " +"a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item " +"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least " +"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj " +"helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så " +"du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid " +"första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att " +"välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att " +"fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). " +"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenheter (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig några fördelar. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical " +"drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en " +"MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det " +"kommer inte att ge dig några fördelar. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan " +"du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad " +"prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för " +"<firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant " +"<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här " +"enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format -msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> (delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i \"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Liknar RAID5 förutom att den använder två paritetsdiskar istället för en. </para><para> En RAID6-kedja kan överleva upp till två trasiga diskar. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 kombinerar stripning (som i RAID0) och spegling (som i RAID1). Den skapar <replaceable>n</replaceable> kopior av inkommande data och distribuerar dem över partitionerna så att ingen av kopiorna av samma data finns på samma disk. Standardvärdet för <replaceable>n</replaceable> är 2, men det kan ställas in till något annat expertläget. Antalet partitioner som används måste vara minst <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 har olika layouter för distribuering av kopior. Standard är nära kopior. Nära kopior har alla kopior på samma position på alla diskarna. Fjärran kopior har kopiorna på olika positioner på diskarna. Positionskopior kopierar stripen, men inte de individuella kopiorna. </para><para> RAID10 kan användas för att uppnå tillförlitlighet och redundans utan nackdelen att behöva beräkna paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" +msgid "" +"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes " +"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike " +"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which " +"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that " +"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity " +"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks " +"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data " +"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar " +"to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </" +"para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> " +"RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It " +"creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes " +"them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are " +"on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, " +"but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions " +"used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different " +"layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies " +"have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far " +"copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy " +"the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to " +"achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to " +"calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum " +"it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en " +"av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> " +"(delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller " +"flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </" +"para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. " +"</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är " +"ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där " +"varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För " +"det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha " +"data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast " +"använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är " +"storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, " +"filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan " +"på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler " +"diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i " +"kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </" +"para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</" +"term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, " +"tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"\"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande " +"RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</" +"firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte " +"statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att " +"partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av " +"diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån " +"det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre " +"aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta " +"över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan " +"se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre " +"redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer " +"än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> " +"Liknar RAID5 förutom att den använder två paritetsdiskar istället för en. </" +"para><para> En RAID6-kedja kan överleva upp till två trasiga diskar. </" +"para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</" +"term><listitem><para> RAID10 kombinerar stripning (som i RAID0) och spegling " +"(som i RAID1). Den skapar <replaceable>n</replaceable> kopior av inkommande " +"data och distribuerar dem över partitionerna så att ingen av kopiorna av " +"samma data finns på samma disk. Standardvärdet för <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> är 2, men det kan ställas in till något annat expertläget. " +"Antalet partitioner som används måste vara minst <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>. RAID10 har olika layouter för distribuering av kopior. " +"Standard är nära kopior. Nära kopior har alla kopior på samma position på " +"alla diskarna. Fjärran kopior har kopiorna på olika positioner på diskarna. " +"Positionskopior kopierar stripen, men inte de individuella kopiorna. </" +"para><para> RAID10 kan användas för att uppnå tillförlitlighet och redundans " +"utan nackdelen att behöva beräkna paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 -#: using-d-i.xml:1319 -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 -#: using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 -#: using-d-i.xml:1328 -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 -#: using-d-i.xml:1329 -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus two)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med (antalet enheter i RAID minus två)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus two)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus två)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format -msgid "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to two)" -msgstr "Totalen för alla partitioner delat med antalet delkopior (standard är två)" +msgid "" +"Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " +"two)" +msgstr "" +"Totalen för alla partitioner delat med antalet delkopior (standard är två)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-" +"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> can be an option." -msgstr "Försäkra dig om att systemet kan startas upp med partitioneringsplanen som du planerar. I allmänhet är det nödvändigt att skapa ett separat filsystem för <filename>/boot</filename> när man använder RAID för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). De flesta starthanterare <phrase arch=\"x86\">(inklusive lilo och grub)</phrase> har stöd för speglad (inte striped!) RAID1, så om man till exempel använder RAID5 för <filename>/</filename> och RAID1 för <filename>/boot</filename> kan det vara ett alternativ." +msgid "" +"Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " +"planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system " +"for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</" +"filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including " +"lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using " +"for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</" +"filename> can be an option." +msgstr "" +"Försäkra dig om att systemet kan startas upp med partitioneringsplanen som " +"du planerar. I allmänhet är det nödvändigt att skapa ett separat filsystem " +"för <filename>/boot</filename> när man använder RAID för rotfilsystemet " +"(<filename>/</filename>). De flesta starthanterare <phrase arch=\"x86\">" +"(inklusive lilo och grub)</phrase> har stöd för speglad (inte striped!) " +"RAID1, så om man till exempel använder RAID5 för <filename>/</filename> och " +"RAID1 för <filename>/boot</filename> kan det vara ett alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg i installationsprogrammet. Du kan råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av sådana problem genom att köra vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file " +"system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg i installationsprogrammet. Du kan " +"råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa " +"starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del " +"av sådana problem genom att köra vissa konfigurations- eller " +"installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear " +"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</" +"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will " +"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " +"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer " +"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i " +"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst " +"beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-" +"enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli tillfrågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter samt antalet reservenheter som ska utgöra din MD. Sedan behöver du från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner välja vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta förräns du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you " +"make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let " +"you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli tillfrågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter samt antalet reservenheter som ska utgöra din MD. Sedan " +"behöver du från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner välja vilka som ska " +"vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner " +"måste vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett " +"misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig " +"fortsätta förräns du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " +"need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least <emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." -msgstr "RAID6 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>fyra</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " +"<emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." +msgstr "" +"RAID6 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>fyra</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> (for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the copies can be distributed onto different disks." -msgstr "RAID10 har också en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 förutom i expertläget. I expertläget kommer &d-i; att fråga dig om layouten. Layouten har två delar. Den första delen är layouttypen. Den är antingen <literal>n</literal> (för nära kopior), <literal>f</literal> (för fjärran kopior) eller <literal>o</literal> (för positionskopior). Den andra delen är antalet kopior som ska göras av datat. Det måste finnas minst så många aktiva enheter så att var och en av kopiorna kan distribueras till olika diskar." +msgid "" +"RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " +"In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. " +"The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for " +"near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> " +"(for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the " +"data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the " +"copies can be distributed onto different disks." +msgstr "" +"RAID10 har också en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 förutom i " +"expertläget. I expertläget kommer &d-i; att fråga dig om layouten. Layouten " +"har två delar. Den första delen är layouttypen. Den är antingen <literal>n</" +"literal> (för nära kopior), <literal>f</literal> (för fjärran kopior) eller " +"<literal>o</literal> (för positionskopior). Den andra delen är antalet " +"kopior som ska göras av datat. Det måste finnas minst så många aktiva " +"enheter så att var och en av kopiorna kan distribueras till olika diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " +"if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two " +"100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks " +"into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk " +"innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första " +"partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb " +"videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 " +"reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/" +"home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." -msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan " +"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). " +"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp " +"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller " +"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare " +"har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så " +"klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera " +"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i " +"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska " +"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn " +"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" -msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:" +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" +"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska " +"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli " +"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det " +"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför " +"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är " +"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna " +"är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-" +"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för " +"<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." -msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den." +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" +"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan " +"skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du " +"bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken." +msgid "" +"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " +"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. " +"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was " +"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case " +"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " +"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " +"hard drive will look like random characters." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver " +"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad " +"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en " +"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen " +"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt " +"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven " +"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta " +"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som " +"slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format -msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." -msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition." +msgid "" +"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " +"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data " +"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents " +"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For " +"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or " +"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used " +"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some " +"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is " +"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " +"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt " +"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras " +"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera " +"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</" +"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras " +"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för " +"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även " +"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för " +"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att " +"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en " +"krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." +msgid "" +"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " +"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " +"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " +"chosen cipher and a key length." +msgstr "" +"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre " +"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för " +"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din " +"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." +msgid "" +"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " +"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " +"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " +"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgstr "" +"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja " +"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att " +"välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym " +"eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> " +"behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för " +"alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. " +"Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för " +"partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. " +msgid "" +"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to " +"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " +"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan " +"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att " +"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra " +"annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet." +msgid "" +"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " +"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " +"chosen with security in mind." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som " +"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts " +"ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." -msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." +msgid "" +"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" +"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; " +"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to " +"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help " +"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by " +"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " +"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</" +"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-" +"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> " +"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta " +"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det " +"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som " +"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " +"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " +"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " +"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar " +"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på " +"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är " +"olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data." +msgid "" +"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the " +"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key " +"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " +"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " +"encrypted data." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-" +"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret " +"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid " +"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra " +"en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i " +"krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." +msgid "" +"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " +"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " +"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." +msgstr "" +"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls " +"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de " +"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade " +"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " +"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " +"which you will be able to enter later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en " +"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink " +"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som " +"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 -#: using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format -msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)" +msgid "" +"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " +"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the " +"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of " +"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " +"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " +"in our lifetime.)" +msgstr "" +"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje " +"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid " +"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras " +"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram " +"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd " +"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår " +"livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format -msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." +msgid "" +"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " +"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information " +"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also " +"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the " +"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " +"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " +"data written to the swap partition." +msgstr "" +"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du " +"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig " +"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock " +"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda " +"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-" +"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att " +"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 -#: using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." +msgid "" +"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " +"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it " +"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the " +"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it " +"harder to recover any leftover data from previous " +"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " +"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " +"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med " +"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför " +"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av " +"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det " +"svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit " +"tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-" +"myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett " +"flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" +msgid "" +"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " +"changes to provide the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn " +"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format -msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och nyckellängder." +msgid "" +"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " +"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " +"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." +msgstr "" +"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för " +"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För " +"ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och " +"nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " +"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" +"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " +"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under " +"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med " +"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den " +"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i " +"processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid." +msgid "" +"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " +"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a " +"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After " +"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " +"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " +"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, " +"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost " +"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer " +"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de " +"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder " +"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta " +"ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " +"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a " +"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " +"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " +"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner " +"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 " +"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken " +"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information " +"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, " +"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." +msgid "" +"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " +"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If " +"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some " +"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by " +"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an " +"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several " +"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " +"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " +"when entering the passphrase for the root file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är " +"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker " +"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid " +"prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka " +"mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en " +"azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. " +"Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, " +"eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när " +"lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." +msgid "" +"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " +"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a " +"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the " +"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by " +"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the " +"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " +"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" +"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa " +"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte " +"har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i " +"installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba " +"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka " +"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra " +"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några " +"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta " +"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " +"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The " +"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." +"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the " +"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " +"suit you." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att " +"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras " +"på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika " +"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig." +"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter " +"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet " +"inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format -msgid "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between the ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." -msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) samt monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgid "" +"Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" +"replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the " +"mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this " +"information later when booting the new system. The differences between the " +"ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be " +"covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes " +"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> " +"i detta fall) samt monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad " +"volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya " +"systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en " +"uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-" +"encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." +msgid "" +"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " +"installation." msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format -msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " +"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal " +"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></" +"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och " +"konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt " +"den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för " +"installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the " +"installation is performed over a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den " +"här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera " +"dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som " +"bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja " +"från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer installationsprogrammet att låta dig konfigurera <quote>root</quote>-kontot och/eller ett konto för den första användaren. Andra användarkonton kan skapas efter att installationen har färdigställts." +msgid "" +"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " +"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. " +"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer installationsprogrammet att " +"låta dig konfigurera <quote>root</quote>-kontot och/eller ett konto för den " +"första användaren. Andra användarkonton kan skapas efter att installationen " +"har färdigställts." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." -msgstr "Vid det här tillfället kan du ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare kommer att installera ytterligare programvara på systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installationsprogrammet låter dem göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " +"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the " +"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing " +"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." +msgstr "" +"Vid det här tillfället kan du ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta " +"användare kommer att installera ytterligare programvara på systemet för att " +"anpassa det till sina behov och installationsprogrammet låter dem göra det. " +"Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om " +"du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." -msgstr "Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade verktyget för pakethantering." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +msgid "" +"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " +"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> " +"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the " +"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of " +"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which " +"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve " +"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to " +"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package " +"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-" +"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are " +"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features " +"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, " +"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package " +"management." +msgstr "" +"Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system " +"är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet " +"<classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som " +"faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det " +"här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett " +"verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. " +"Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har " +"också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att " +"få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </" +"footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</" +"command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt " +"rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner " +"(paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. " +"Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade " +"verktyget för pakethantering." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " +"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this " +"file to your liking after the installation is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen " +"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera " +"den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." -msgstr "Om du installerar med standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att ta hand om det mesta av konfigurationen automatiskt, baserat på installationsmetoden som du använder och om möjligt använda val gjorda tidigare i installationen. I de flesta fall kommer installationsprogrammet att automatiskt lägga till en säkerhetsspegel och, om du installerar den stabila distributionen, en spegel för uppdateringstjänsten <quote>volatile</quote>." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " +"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method " +"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. " +"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if " +"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the " +"<quote>volatile</quote> update service." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar med standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att " +"ta hand om det mesta av konfigurationen automatiskt, baserat på " +"installationsmetoden som du använder och om möjligt använda val gjorda " +"tidigare i installationen. I de flesta fall kommer installationsprogrammet " +"att automatiskt lägga till en säkerhetsspegel och, om du installerar den " +"stabila distributionen, en spegel för uppdateringstjänsten <quote>volatile</" +"quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." -msgstr "Om du installerar med en lägre priotet (t.ex. i expertläget) kommer du att kunna bestämma mer vad som ska göras. Du kan välja om du vill använda uppdateringstjänsten för säkerhet och/eller volatile, och du kan välja att lägga till paket från sektionerna <quote>contrib</quote> och <quote>non-free</quote> i arkivet." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " +"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use " +"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add " +"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> " +"sections of the archive." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar med en lägre priotet (t.ex. i expertläget) kommer du att " +"kunna bestämma mer vad som ska göras. Du kan välja om du vill använda " +"uppdateringstjänsten för säkerhet och/eller volatile, och du kan välja att " +"lägga till paket från sektionerna <quote>contrib</quote> och <quote>non-" +"free</quote> i arkivet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Installera från fler än en cd eller dvd-skiva" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the installer can use the packages included on them." -msgstr "Om du installerar från en cd eller en dvd-skiva som är del av en större uppsättning så kommer installationsprogrammet att fråga om du vill söka igenom ytterligare cd eller dvd-skivor. Om du har fler cd eller dvd-skivor tillgängliga kommer du antagligen att vilja göra det så att installationsprogrammet kan använda paketen som finns på dem." +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " +"installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have " +"additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the " +"installer can use the packages included on them." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar från en cd eller en dvd-skiva som är del av en större " +"uppsättning så kommer installationsprogrammet att fråga om du vill söka " +"igenom ytterligare cd eller dvd-skivor. Om du har fler cd eller dvd-skivor " +"tillgängliga kommer du antagligen att vilja göra det så att " +"installationsprogrammet kan använda paketen som finns på dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." -msgstr "Om du inte har fler cd eller dvd-skivor så är det inget problem: användning av dem är inte nödvändigt. Om du i tillägg till det inte använder en nätverksspegel (som förklaras i nästa avsnitt) kandet betyda att inte alla paket som tillhör funktionerna kan installeras som du har valt i nästa steg i installationen." +msgid "" +"If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " +"them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained " +"in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the " +"tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har fler cd eller dvd-skivor så är det inget problem: användning " +"av dem är inte nödvändigt. Om du i tillägg till det inte använder en " +"nätverksspegel (som förklaras i nästa avsnitt) kandet betyda att inte alla " +"paket som tillhör funktionerna kan installeras som du har valt i nästa steg " +"i installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the last CDs in a set." -msgstr "Paketen på cd-skivor (och dvd-skivor) inkluderas enligt deras populäritet. Det betyder att för de flesta kommer endast de första cd-skivorna i en uppsättning att behövas och att endast mycket få personer faktiskt kommer att använda paketen som inkluderats på de sista skivorna i en uppsättning." +msgid "" +"Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " +"This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and " +"that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the " +"last CDs in a set." +msgstr "" +"Paketen på cd-skivor (och dvd-skivor) inkluderas enligt deras populäritet. " +"Det betyder att för de flesta kommer endast de första cd-skivorna i en " +"uppsättning att behövas och att endast mycket få personer faktiskt kommer " +"att använda paketen som inkluderats på de sista skivorna i en uppsättning." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format -msgid "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." -msgstr "Det betyder också att om man köper eller hämtar ner och bränner en komplett cd-uppsättning bara är slöseri eftersom du aldrig kommer att använda de flesta av dem. I de flesta fall klarar du dig med endast de första 3 till 8 skivor och installera ytterligare paket från Internet genom att använda en spegelserver. Samma gäller för dvd-uppsättningar: första skivan eller kanske de första två skivorna täcker behovet för de flesta." +msgid "" +"It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " +"waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are " +"better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional " +"packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for " +"DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." +msgstr "" +"Det betyder också att om man köper eller hämtar ner och bränner en komplett " +"cd-uppsättning bara är slöseri eftersom du aldrig kommer att använda de " +"flesta av dem. I de flesta fall klarar du dig med endast de första 3 till 8 " +"skivor och installera ytterligare paket från Internet genom att använda en " +"spegelserver. Samma gäller för dvd-uppsättningar: första skivan eller kanske " +"de första två skivorna täcker behovet för de flesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." -msgstr "En bra tumregel är att för vanlig skrivbordsinstallation (användning av skrivbordsmiljön GNOME) behövs endast de första tre cd-skivorna. För de alternativa skrivbordsmiljöerna (KDE eller Xfce) så behövs ytterligare cd-skivor. Den första dvd-skivan täcker enkelt in alla tre skrivbordsmiljöer." +msgid "" +"A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " +"GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the " +"alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. " +"The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." +msgstr "" +"En bra tumregel är att för vanlig skrivbordsinstallation (användning av " +"skrivbordsmiljön GNOME) behövs endast de första tre cd-skivorna. För de " +"alternativa skrivbordsmiljöerna (KDE eller Xfce) så behövs ytterligare cd-" +"skivor. Den första dvd-skivan täcker enkelt in alla tre skrivbordsmiljöer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of mistakes." -msgstr "Om du söker igenom flera cd eller dvd-skivor kommer installationsprogrammet att fråga dig om att byta skiva när det behöver paket från andra cd/dvd än den som för tillfället finns i enheten. Observera att endast cd eller dvd-skivor som tillhör samma uppsättning bör sökas igenom. Ordningen på dem som söks igenom spelar ingen roll men att söka igenom dem i stigande ordning kan minska chanserna för misstag." +msgid "" +"If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " +"exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one " +"currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same " +"set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really " +"matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" +"Om du söker igenom flera cd eller dvd-skivor kommer installationsprogrammet " +"att fråga dig om att byta skiva när det behöver paket från andra cd/dvd än " +"den som för tillfället finns i enheten. Observera att endast cd eller dvd-" +"skivor som tillhör samma uppsättning bör sökas igenom. Ordningen på dem som " +"söks igenom spelar ingen roll men att söka igenom dem i stigande ordning kan " +"minska chanserna för misstag." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format -msgid "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." -msgstr "En fråga som kommer att ställas under de flesta installationer är om en nätverksspegel ska användas som en paketkälla. I de flesta fall är standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns några undantag." +msgid "" +"One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " +"use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default " +"answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." +msgstr "" +"En fråga som kommer att ställas under de flesta installationer är om en " +"nätverksspegel ska användas som en paketkälla. I de flesta fall är " +"standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns några undantag." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." -msgstr "Om du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> installerar från en komplett cd- eller dvd-skiva eller använder en komplett cd/dvd-avbildning, bör du använda en nätverksspegel eftersom du annars kommer att få ett mycket minimalt system. Dock, om du har en begränsad internetanslutning är det bäst att <emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja funktionen <literal>desktop</literal> i nästa steg av installationen." +msgid "" +"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " +"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as " +"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you " +"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to " +"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> installerar från en komplett cd- eller dvd-" +"skiva eller använder en komplett cd/dvd-avbildning, bör du använda en " +"nätverksspegel eftersom du annars kommer att få ett mycket minimalt system. " +"Dock, om du har en begränsad internetanslutning är det bäst att " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja funktionen <literal>desktop</literal> i " +"nästa steg av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." -msgstr "Om du installerar från en komplett cd eller använder en cd-avbildning, är användningen av en nätverksspegel inte nödvändig, men det rekommenderas starkt eftersom en enda cd-skiva endast innehåller ett ganska begränsat antal paket. Om du har en begränsad internetanslutning kan det fortfarande vara bäst att <emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja en nätverksspegel här, utan att färdigställa installationen med endast det som finns tillgängliga på cd-skivan och installera ytterligare paket efter installationen (alltså efter att du har startat upp det nya systemet)." +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " +"a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because " +"a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a " +"limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> " +"select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only " +"what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after " +"the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar från en komplett cd eller använder en cd-avbildning, är " +"användningen av en nätverksspegel inte nödvändig, men det rekommenderas " +"starkt eftersom en enda cd-skiva endast innehåller ett ganska begränsat " +"antal paket. Om du har en begränsad internetanslutning kan det fortfarande " +"vara bäst att <emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja en nätverksspegel här, utan " +"att färdigställa installationen med endast det som finns tillgängliga på cd-" +"skivan och installera ytterligare paket efter installationen (alltså efter " +"att du har startat upp det nya systemet)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use of a network mirror is optional." -msgstr "Om du installerar från en dvd eller använder en dvd-avbildning kommer de paket som behövs under installationen att finnas på den första dvd-skivan. Det samma gäller om du har sökt igenom flera cd-skivor, som förklaras i föregående avsnitt. Användning av en nätverksspegel är valfritt." +msgid "" +"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " +"during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true " +"if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use " +"of a network mirror is optional." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar från en dvd eller använder en dvd-avbildning kommer de " +"paket som behövs under installationen att finnas på den första dvd-skivan. " +"Det samma gäller om du har sökt igenom flera cd-skivor, som förklaras i " +"föregående avsnitt. Användning av en nätverksspegel är valfritt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format -msgid "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed system." -msgstr "En fördel med att lägga till en nätverksspegel är att uppdateringar som har skett sedan cd/dvd-uppsättningen skapades och har inkluderats i en punktutgåva, kommer att bli tillgängliga för installation, och därigenom förlänga livslängden för din cd/dvd-uppsättning utan att kompromettera säkerheten eller stabiliteten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " +"since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, " +"will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/" +"DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"En fördel med att lägga till en nätverksspegel är att uppdateringar som har " +"skett sedan cd/dvd-uppsättningen skapades och har inkluderats i en " +"punktutgåva, kommer att bli tillgängliga för installation, och därigenom " +"förlänga livslängden för din cd/dvd-uppsättning utan att kompromettera " +"säkerheten eller stabiliteten för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format -msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on" -msgstr "För att summera: välja en nätverksspegel är oftast en bra idé, förutom när du har en långsam internetanslutning. Om den aktuella versionen för ett paket finns tillgänglig på cd/dvd-skivan så kommer installationsprogrammet att använda den. Mängden data som kommer att hämtas ner om du väljer en spegel beror på" +msgid "" +"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " +"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a " +"package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The " +"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus " +"depends on" +msgstr "" +"För att summera: välja en nätverksspegel är oftast en bra idé, förutom när " +"du har en långsam internetanslutning. Om den aktuella versionen för ett " +"paket finns tillgänglig på cd/dvd-skivan så kommer installationsprogrammet " +"att använda den. Mängden data som kommer att hämtas ner om du väljer en " +"spegel beror på" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "funktionera som du väljer i nästa steg av installationen," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format -msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" -msgstr "vilka av dessa paket som finns på de cd- eller dvd-skivor som du har sökt igenom, samt" +msgid "" +"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" +msgstr "" +"vilka av dessa paket som finns på de cd- eller dvd-skivor som du har sökt " +"igenom, samt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format -msgid "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for security or volatile updates)." -msgstr "huruvida några uppdaterade versioner av paketen som inkluderats på cd- eller dvd-skivorna finns tillgängliga från en spegelserver (antingen en vanlig paketspegel eller en spegelserver för säkerhet eller flyktiga uppdateringar)." +msgid "" +"whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " +"available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for " +"security or volatile updates)." +msgstr "" +"huruvida några uppdaterade versioner av paketen som inkluderats på cd- eller " +"dvd-skivorna finns tillgängliga från en spegelserver (antingen en vanlig " +"paketspegel eller en spegelserver för säkerhet eller flyktiga uppdateringar)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." -msgstr "Observera att sista punkten betyder, även om du väljer att inte använda en nätverksspegel, att vissa paket kan hämtas ner från Internet ändå om det finns en säkerhets eller flyktig uppdatering tillgänglig för dem och att dessa tjänster har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " +"mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is " +"a security or volatile update available for them and those services have " +"been configured." +msgstr "" +"Observera att sista punkten betyder, även om du väljer att inte använda en " +"nätverksspegel, att vissa paket kan hämtas ner från Internet ändå om det " +"finns en säkerhets eller flyktig uppdatering tillgänglig för dem och att " +"dessa tjänster har konfigurerats." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more " +"packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att " +"för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt " +"programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter " +"installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan " +"du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om " +"du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, " +"kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</" +"replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på " +"paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-" +"list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn som du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera dem. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." +msgid "" +"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " +"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect " +"them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." +msgstr "" +"Vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn som " +"du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera dem. Du " +"kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda " +"blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." -msgstr "Såvida du inte använder de speciella skivorna för KDE eller Xfce/LXDE kommer funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> att installera skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." +msgid "" +"Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " +"environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Såvida du inte använder de speciella skivorna för KDE eller Xfce/LXDE kommer " +"funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> att installera skrivbordsmiljön " +"GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter <literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." -msgstr "Det är inte möjligt att interaktivt välja ett annat skrivbord under installationen. Dock <emphasis>är</emphasis> det möjligt att få &d-i; att installera en KDE-skrivbordsmiljö istället för GNOME genom förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom att lägga till parametern <literal>desktop=kde</literal> vid uppstartsprompten när installationsprogrammet startar. Alternativt kan de mer lättviktiga skrivbordsmiljöerna Xfce och LXDE väljas genom att använda <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> eller <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." +msgid "" +"It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " +"installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to " +"install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter " +"<literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the " +"installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop " +"environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or " +"<literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Det är inte möjligt att interaktivt välja ett annat skrivbord under " +"installationen. Dock <emphasis>är</emphasis> det möjligt att få &d-i; att " +"installera en KDE-skrivbordsmiljö istället för GNOME genom förinställning " +"(se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom att lägga till " +"parametern <literal>desktop=kde</literal> vid uppstartsprompten när " +"installationsprogrammet startar. Alternativt kan de mer lättviktiga " +"skrivbordsmiljöerna Xfce och LXDE väljas genom att använda " +"<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> eller <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the <quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." -msgstr "Vissa cd-avbildningar (visitkort, netinst och DVD) tillåter även val av önskad skrivbordsmiljön från den grafiska uppstartsmenyn. Välj alternativet <quote>Avancerade alternativ</quote> i huvudmenyn och leta efter <quote>Alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer</quote>." +msgid "" +"Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " +"desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the " +"<quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for " +"<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa cd-avbildningar (visitkort, netinst och DVD) tillåter även val av " +"önskad skrivbordsmiljön från den grafiska uppstartsmenyn. Välj alternativet " +"<quote>Avancerade alternativ</quote> i huvudmenyn och leta efter " +"<quote>Alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." -msgstr "Observera att detta endast kommer att fungera om paketen som behövs för den önskade skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en enda komplett cd-avbildning så kommer de att behöva hämtas ner från en spegel eftersom de flesta av de nödvändiga paketen endast finns inkluderade på senare cd-skivor i uppsättningen; installera KDE, Xfce eller LXDE på det här sättet bör fungera fint om du använder en dvd-avbildning eller någon annan installationsmetod." +msgid "" +"Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " +"environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single " +"full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed " +"packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this " +"way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta endast kommer att fungera om paketen som behövs för den " +"önskade skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en " +"enda komplett cd-avbildning så kommer de att behöva hämtas ner från en " +"spegel eftersom de flesta av de nödvändiga paketen endast finns inkluderade " +"på senare cd-skivor i uppsättningen; installera KDE, Xfce eller LXDE på det " +"här sättet bör fungera fint om du använder en dvd-avbildning eller någon " +"annan installationsmetod." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</classname>." -msgstr "De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache2</classname>." +msgid "" +"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " +"server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</" +"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</" +"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</" +"classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: " +"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</" +"classname>." +msgstr "" +"De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så " +"här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</" +"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</" +"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</" +"classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: " +"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache2</" +"classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really minimal system." -msgstr "Funktionen <quote>Standardsystem</quote> kommer att installera alla paket som har prioriteten <quote>standard</quote>. Detta inkluderar en mängd vanliga verktyg som normallt finns tillgängliga på de flesta Linux- eller Unix-system. Du bör lämna denna funktion markeras såvida inte du vet vad du gör och vill ha ett mycket minimalt system." +msgid "" +"The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " +"priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities " +"that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave " +"this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really " +"minimal system." +msgstr "" +"Funktionen <quote>Standardsystem</quote> kommer att installera alla paket " +"som har prioriteten <quote>standard</quote>. Detta inkluderar en mängd " +"vanliga verktyg som normallt finns tillgängliga på de flesta Linux- eller " +"Unix-system. Du bör lämna denna funktion markeras såvida inte du vet vad du " +"gör och vill ha ett mycket minimalt system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format -msgid "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization packages for that (if available)." -msgstr "Om en standardlokal annan än lokalen <quote>C</quote> väljs under språkvalet så kommer <command>tasksel</command> att kontrollera om några lokalanpassningsfunktioner har definierats för den lokalen och kommer sedan automatiskt att försöka installera relevanta lokalanpassningspaket. Detta inkluderar till exempel paket som innehåller ordlistor eller speciella typsnitt för ditt språk. Om en skrivbordsmiljö har valts så kommer den även att installera lämpliga lokalanpassningspaket för det (om det finns några)." +msgid "" +"If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any " +"localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to " +"install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages " +"containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop " +"environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization " +"packages for that (if available)." +msgstr "" +"Om en standardlokal annan än lokalen <quote>C</quote> väljs under språkvalet " +"så kommer <command>tasksel</command> att kontrollera om några " +"lokalanpassningsfunktioner har definierats för den lokalen och kommer sedan " +"automatiskt att försöka installera relevanta lokalanpassningspaket. Detta " +"inkluderar till exempel paket som innehåller ordlistor eller speciella " +"typsnitt för ditt språk. Om en skrivbordsmiljö har valts så kommer den även " +"att installera lämpliga lokalanpassningspaket för det (om det finns några)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av de funktioner som du har valt. Om ett specifikt program behöver mer information från användare så kommer den att fråga dig under denna process." +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " +"<command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the " +"selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the " +"user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället " +"kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av " +"de funktioner som du har valt. Om ett specifikt program behöver mer " +"information från användare så kommer den att fråga dig under denna process." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format -msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." -msgstr "Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." +msgid "" +"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " +"Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror " +"for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of " +"packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet " +"connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the " +"installation of packages once it has started." +msgstr "" +"Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. " +"Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel " +"för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva " +"hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam " +"Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att " +"avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." -msgstr "Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det här att hända om du använder en äldre avbildning." +msgid "" +"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " +"retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more " +"recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable " +"distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the " +"original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution " +"this will happen if you are using an older image." +msgstr "" +"Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet " +"fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på " +"spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den " +"stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av " +"den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det " +"här att hända om du använder en äldre avbildning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala " +"disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att " +"hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att " +"starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-" +"sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att " +"försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på " +"maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli " +"informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn " +"kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i " +"tillägg till Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och " +"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem " +"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte " +"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer " +"information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första " +"sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</" +"emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att " +"starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 " +"även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från " +"samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken " +"där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbildning på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbildning på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " +"the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to " +"use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för " +"att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill " +"använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</" +"command> ska installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en plats. Du kan använda traditionella enhetsnamn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or " +"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> " +"någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en " +"plats. Du kan använda traditionella enhetsnamn som <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian!" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till " +"filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> " +"innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</" +"filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet " +"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan " +"av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och " +"uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat " +"filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa " +"flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på " +"systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> " +"skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</" +"command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</" +"filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan " +"även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet " +"uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som " +"ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har " +"ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av " +"installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har " +"installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in " +"några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda styrkort" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa " +"in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten " +"820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer " +"att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. " +"Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på " +"vissa Power Computing-kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbildning på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbildning på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, " +"Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas " +"kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i Debians installationsprocess under vilket installationsprogrammet kommer att göra de sista justeringarna. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " +"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up " +"after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i Debians installationsprocess under vilket " +"installationsprogrammet kommer att göra de sista justeringarna. Det består " +"mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ställa in systemklockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till " +"UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och " +"installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC " +"baserat på vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " +"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made." -msgstr "Vid det här tillfället kommer &d-i; även att försöka spara den aktuella tiden till systemets hårdvaruklocka. Det här görs antingen i UTC eller lokal tid, beroende på det val som tidigare gjordes." +msgid "" +"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " +"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, " +"depending on the selection that was just made." +msgstr "" +"Vid det här tillfället kommer &d-i; även att försöka spara den aktuella " +"tiden till systemets hårdvaruklocka. Det här görs antingen i UTC eller lokal " +"tid, beroende på det val som tidigare gjordes." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Du kommer att bli uppmanad att mata ut uppstartsmediumet (cd-skiva, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet med. Efter det kommer systemet att startas om till ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " +"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your " +"new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att bli uppmanad att mata ut uppstartsmediumet (cd-skiva, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet med. Efter " +"det kommer systemet att startas om till ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Efter den sista prompten kommer systemet att stängas av på grund av att omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title;. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL för &debian; från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " +"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which " +"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Efter den sista prompten kommer systemet att stängas av på grund av att " +"omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title;. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL för " +"&debian; från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första " +"stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." -msgstr "Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " +"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial " +"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual " +"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </" +"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</" +"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." +msgstr "" +"Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du " +"kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en " +"seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra " +"<emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +"keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten " +"på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och " +"funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></" +"keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</" +"keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." -msgstr "För det grafiska installationsprogrammet, se även <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För det grafiska installationsprogrammet, se även <xref linkend=\"gtk-using" +"\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange <userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " +"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. " +"You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; " +"button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the " +"shell and return to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för " +"att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger " +"genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange " +"<userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell " +"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet " +"är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga " +"funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format -msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." -msgstr "För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen <filename>/var/log</filename>." +msgid "" +"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " +"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</" +"filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</" +"command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen " +"<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." -msgstr "Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." +msgid "" +"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " +"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in " +"case something goes wrong and for debugging." +msgstr "" +"Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga " +"kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal " +"egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format -msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." -msgstr "Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra det själv från ett skal. " +msgid "" +"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " +"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, " +"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not " +"do this yourself from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och " +"resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid " +"låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra " +"det själv från ett skal. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup — the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after reconnecting." -msgstr "<command>ssh</command>-servern i installationsprogrammet använder en standardkonfiguration som inte skickar keep-alive-paket. I princip ska en anslutning till systemet som blir installerat hållas öppen hela tiden. Dock kan i vissa situationer — beroende på din lokala nätverkskonfiguration — anslutning kopplas ned efter en viss inaktivitetsperiod. Ett vanligt fall där detta kan hända är när det finns någon form av adressöversättning (NAT) på nätverket mellan klienten och systemet som blir installerat. Beroende på var i installationen anslutningen bröts så kanske du kan, eller kanske inte kan, återuppta installationen efter ny etablering av anslutningen." +msgid "" +"The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " +"configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a " +"connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. " +"However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup " +"— the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One " +"common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network " +"Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being " +"installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection " +"was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after " +"reconnecting." +msgstr "" +"<command>ssh</command>-servern i installationsprogrammet använder en " +"standardkonfiguration som inte skickar keep-alive-paket. I princip ska en " +"anslutning till systemet som blir installerat hållas öppen hela tiden. Dock " +"kan i vissa situationer — beroende på din lokala nätverkskonfiguration " +"— anslutning kopplas ned efter en viss inaktivitetsperiod. Ett vanligt " +"fall där detta kan hända är när det finns någon form av adressöversättning " +"(NAT) på nätverket mellan klienten och systemet som blir installerat. " +"Beroende på var i installationen anslutningen bröts så kanske du kan, eller " +"kanske inte kan, återuppta installationen efter ny etablering av " +"anslutningen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." -msgstr "Du kanske kan förhindra att anslutningen bryts genom att lägga till flaggan <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> när <command>ssh</command>-anslutningen startas, eller genom att lägga till den flaggan i din konfigurationsfil för <command>ssh</command>. Observera dock att i vissa fall kan denna flagga även <emphasis>orsaka</emphasis> att en anslutning bryts (till exempel om keep-alive-paket skickas under en kort tid med nätverkproblem, från vilken <command>ssh</command> själv skulle ha återhämtat sig), så den ska endast användas när den behövs." +msgid "" +"You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " +"<userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></" +"userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding " +"that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however " +"that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a " +"connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during " +"a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise " +"have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske kan förhindra att anslutningen bryts genom att lägga till flaggan " +"<userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></" +"userinput> när <command>ssh</command>-anslutningen startas, eller genom att " +"lägga till den flaggan i din konfigurationsfil för <command>ssh</command>. " +"Observera dock att i vissa fall kan denna flagga även <emphasis>orsaka</" +"emphasis> att en anslutning bryts (till exempel om keep-alive-paket skickas " +"under en kort tid med nätverkproblem, från vilken <command>ssh</command> " +"själv skulle ha återhämtat sig), så den ska endast användas när den behövs." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> Följande kommando kommer att ta bort en befintlig post för en värd: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>värdnamn</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing " +"entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</" +"replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </" +"para> </footnote> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> Följande kommando kommer att ta bort " +"en befintlig post för en värd: <command>ssh-keygen -R <" +"<replaceable>värdnamn</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP-adress</replaceable>>" +"</command>. </para> </footnote> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med " +"installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du " +"kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en " +"SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Läsa in saknad fast programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format -msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." -msgstr "Vissa enheter kräver att fast programvara läses in, vilket beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>. I de flesta fall kommer enheten inte att fungera alls om inte den fasta programvaran finns tillgänglig; ibland kan grundläggande funktionalitet erbjudas om den fasta programvaran saknas och att den fasta programvaran endast behövs för att aktivera ytterligare funktioner." +msgid "" +"As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " +"firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the " +"firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if " +"it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." +msgstr "" +"Vissa enheter kräver att fast programvara läses in, vilket beskrivs i <xref " +"linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>. I de flesta fall kommer enheten inte att " +"fungera alls om inte den fasta programvaran finns tillgänglig; ibland kan " +"grundläggande funktionalitet erbjudas om den fasta programvaran saknas och " +"att den fasta programvaran endast behövs för att aktivera ytterligare " +"funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver module will be reloaded." -msgstr "Om en enhet begära fast programvara som inte finns tillgänglig kommer &d-i; att visa en dialogruta som erbjuder att läsa in den saknade fasta programvaran. Om detta alternativ väljs kommer &d-i; att söka av tillgängliga enheter efter antingen fristående filer för fast programvara eller paket som innehåller den fasta programvaran. Om den hittas kommer den fasta programvaran att kopieras till den rätta platsen (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) och drivrutinsmodulen kommer att läsas om." +msgid "" +"If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " +"display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is " +"selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files " +"or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to " +"the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver " +"module will be reloaded." +msgstr "" +"Om en enhet begära fast programvara som inte finns tillgänglig kommer &d-i; " +"att visa en dialogruta som erbjuder att läsa in den saknade fasta " +"programvaran. Om detta alternativ väljs kommer &d-i; att söka av " +"tillgängliga enheter efter antingen fristående filer för fast programvara " +"eller paket som innehåller den fasta programvaran. Om den hittas kommer den " +"fasta programvaran att kopieras till den rätta platsen (<filename>/lib/" +"firmware</filename>) och drivrutinsmodulen kommer att läsas om." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format -msgid "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an MMC or SD card.</phrase>" -msgstr "Vilka enheter som söks av och vilka filsystem som stöds är beroende på arkitekturen, installationsmetoden och vilket steg i installationen. Speciellt under tidiga steg i installationen kommer inläsning av fast programvara att fungera bäst från en FAT-formaterad diskett eller USB-minne. <phrase arch=\"x86\">På i386 och amd64 kan även fast programvara läsas in från ett MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " +"the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. " +"Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware " +"is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an " +"MMC or SD card.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Vilka enheter som söks av och vilka filsystem som stöds är beroende på " +"arkitekturen, installationsmetoden och vilket steg i installationen. " +"Speciellt under tidiga steg i installationen kommer inläsning av fast " +"programvara att fungera bäst från en FAT-formaterad diskett eller USB-minne. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">På i386 och amd64 kan även fast programvara läsas in " +"från ett MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the installation." -msgstr "Observera att det är möjligt att hoppa över inläsning av fast programvara om du vet att enheten kommer att fungera även utan den eller om enheten inte behövs under installationen." +msgid "" +"Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " +"will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det är möjligt att hoppa över inläsning av fast programvara om " +"du vet att enheten kommer att fungera även utan den eller om enheten inte " +"behövs under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." -msgstr "Stöd för inläsning av fast programvara är fortfarande relativt grundläggande och den kommer att behöva förbättras i framtida utgåvor av installationsprogrammet. För närvarande kommer till exempel &d-i; inte att visa någon varning om du väljer att läsa in saknad fast programvara men den begärda fasta programvaran inte kan hittas. Rapportera eventuella problem som du påträffar genom att skicka in en installationsrapport (se <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " +"improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for " +"example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but " +"the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter " +"by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för inläsning av fast programvara är fortfarande relativt grundläggande " +"och den kommer att behöva förbättras i framtida utgåvor av " +"installationsprogrammet. För närvarande kommer till exempel &d-i; inte att " +"visa någon varning om du väljer att läsa in saknad fast programvara men den " +"begärda fasta programvaran inte kan hittas. Rapportera eventuella problem " +"som du påträffar genom att skicka in en installationsrapport (se <xref " +"linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Förbereda ett media" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named <filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be supported during the early stages of the installation." -msgstr "Även om i vissa fall den fasta programvaran kan läsas in från en partition på en hårddisk så är den mest vanliga metoden att läsa in fast programvara från något flyttbart media, såsom en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Filerna för den fasta programvaran måste placeras i antingen rotkatalogen eller en katalog med namnet <filename>/firmware</filename> i filsystemet på detta media. Det rekommenderade filsystemet att använda är FAT eftersom det i de flesta fall stöds under de tidiga stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " +"hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some " +"removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or " +"packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named " +"<filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The " +"recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be " +"supported during the early stages of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Även om i vissa fall den fasta programvaran kan läsas in från en partition " +"på en hårddisk så är den mest vanliga metoden att läsa in fast programvara " +"från något flyttbart media, såsom en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Filerna " +"för den fasta programvaran måste placeras i antingen rotkatalogen eller en " +"katalog med namnet <filename>/firmware</filename> i filsystemet på detta " +"media. Det rekommenderade filsystemet att använda är FAT eftersom det i de " +"flesta fall stöds under de tidiga stegen av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format -msgid "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the tarball for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the medium." -msgstr "Tar-arkiv som innehåller aktuella paket för de flesta vanliga fasta programvaror finns tillgängliga från: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Hämta helt enkelt ner tar-arkivet för den korrekta utgåvan och packa upp den på mediats filsystem." +msgid "" +"Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " +"available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-" +"tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the " +"tarball for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the " +"medium." +msgstr "" +"Tar-arkiv som innehåller aktuella paket för de flesta vanliga fasta " +"programvaror finns tillgängliga från: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink " +"url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> " +"Hämta helt enkelt ner tar-arkivet för den korrekta utgåvan och packa upp den " +"på mediats filsystem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware packages:" -msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran du behöver inte finns inkluderad i tar-arkivet så kan du även hämta ner specifika paket för fast programvara från (sektionen non-free av) arkivet. Följande översikt bör lista de flesta tillgängliga paket med fast programvara men det garanteras inte att listan är komplett och kan även innehålla paket som inte innehåller fast programvara:" +msgid "" +"If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " +"download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) " +"archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages " +"but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware " +"packages:" +msgstr "" +"Om den fasta programvaran du behöver inte finns inkluderad i tar-arkivet så " +"kan du även hämta ner specifika paket för fast programvara från (sektionen " +"non-free av) arkivet. Följande översikt bör lista de flesta tillgängliga " +"paket med fast programvara men det garanteras inte att listan är komplett " +"och kan även innehålla paket som inte innehåller fast programvara:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or from a hardware vendor." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att kopiera individuella filer med fast programvara i valfritt media. Fristående fast programvara kan till exempel hämtas från ett redan installerat system eller från maskinvarans tillverkare." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " +"firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or " +"from a hardware vendor." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att kopiera individuella filer med fast programvara i " +"valfritt media. Fristående fast programvara kan till exempel hämtas från ett " +"redan installerat system eller från maskinvarans tillverkare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Fast programvara och det installerade systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware cannot be loaded due to version skew." -msgstr "All fast programvara som läses in under installationen kommer att automatiskt att kopieras till det installerade systemet. I de flesta fall kommer detta att försäkra att enheten som kräver den fasta programvaran även kommer att fungera korrekt när systemet har startats om till det installerade systemet. Dock kan problem uppstå med inläsning av den fasta programvaran om det installerade systemet kör en annan kärnversion än den som användes under installationen." +msgid "" +"Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " +"the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that " +"requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted " +"into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different " +"kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware " +"cannot be loaded due to version skew." +msgstr "" +"All fast programvara som läses in under installationen kommer att " +"automatiskt att kopieras till det installerade systemet. I de flesta fall " +"kommer detta att försäkra att enheten som kräver den fasta programvaran även " +"kommer att fungera korrekt när systemet har startats om till det " +"installerade systemet. Dock kan problem uppstå med inläsning av den fasta " +"programvaran om det installerade systemet kör en annan kärnversion än den " +"som användes under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated automatically if a new version becomes available." -msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från ett paket med fast programvara så kommer &d-i; även att installera detta paket för det installerade systemet och automatiskt lägga till sektionen non-free för paketarkivet i APT:s <filename>sources.list</filename>. Detta har fördelen att den fasta programvaran kommer att uppdateras automatiskt om en ny version blir tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " +"this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-" +"free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</" +"filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated " +"automatically if a new version becomes available." +msgstr "" +"Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från ett paket med fast programvara så " +"kommer &d-i; även att installera detta paket för det installerade systemet " +"och automatiskt lägga till sektionen non-free för paketarkivet i APT:s " +"<filename>sources.list</filename>. Detta har fördelen att den fasta " +"programvaran kommer att uppdateras automatiskt om en ny version blir " +"tillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format -msgid "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware (package) is installed manually." -msgstr "Om inläsningen av den fasta programvaran hoppades över under installationen så kommer den relevanta enheten antagligen inte att fungera med det installerade systemet tills den fasta programvaran (paket) har installerats manuellt." +msgid "" +"If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " +"device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware " +"(package) is installed manually." +msgstr "" +"Om inläsningen av den fasta programvaran hoppades över under installationen " +"så kommer den relevanta enheten antagligen inte att fungera med det " +"installerade systemet tills den fasta programvaran (paket) har installerats " +"manuellt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after the installation is completed." -msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den fasta programvaran som kopierades till det installerade systemet <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att uppdateras automatiskt såvida inte motsvarande paket för fast programvara (om tillgänglig) har installerats efter att installationen färdigställdes." +msgid "" +"If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " +"the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated " +"unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after " +"the installation is completed." +msgstr "" +"Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den fasta " +"programvaran som kopierades till det installerade systemet <emphasis>inte</" +"emphasis> att uppdateras automatiskt såvida inte motsvarande paket för fast " +"programvara (om tillgänglig) har installerats efter att installationen " +"färdigställdes." #~ msgid "" #~ "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2606,10 +5432,12 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver " #~ "mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " #~ "processen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should " #~ "not resize the window as that will result in the connection being " @@ -2618,6 +5446,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " #~ "förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen " #~ "bryts." + #~ msgid "" #~ "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you " #~ "have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap " @@ -2629,8 +5458,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i " #~ "framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-" #~ "kärnan." + #~ msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" #~ msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " #~ "installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically " @@ -2656,35 +5487,43 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</" #~ "replaceable></userinput>\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." + #~ msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #~ msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " #~ "<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" #~ msgstr "" #~ "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer " #~ "är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort" + #~ msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #~ msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is " #~ "installed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " #~ "installerad" + #~ msgid "" #~ "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" #~ "filename> resides" #~ msgstr "" #~ "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" + #~ msgid "name" #~ msgstr "namn" + #~ msgid "" #~ "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" #~ "filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." #~ msgstr "" #~ "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " #~ "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on " #~ "the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient " @@ -2692,8 +5531,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på " #~ "disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" + #~ msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #~ msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the " #~ "installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. " @@ -2705,14 +5546,17 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "den textbaserade. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan " #~ "konfigurera volymer med en <emphasis>lösenfras</emphasis> som " #~ "krypteringsnyckel." + #~ msgid "autopartkit" #~ msgstr "autopartkit" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user " #~ "preferences." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " #~ "användaren." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME " #~ "desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do " @@ -2723,6 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Alternativen som erbjuds av " #~ "installationsprogrammet tillåter för närvarande inte att en annan " #~ "skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till exempel KDE." + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding " #~ "(see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=" @@ -2751,6 +5596,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "spegel eftersom KDE-paketen inte är inkluderade på den första " #~ "fullständiga cd-skivan; installera KDE på det här sättet bör fungera bra " #~ "om du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan installationsmetod." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a " #~ "network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some " @@ -2769,6 +5615,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "och lokalanpassningar finns på den andra dvd-skivan. Så om du har en " #~ "hyffsat snabb internetanslutning är det fortfarande rekommenderat att " #~ "använda en nätverksspegel." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To install additional packages after the installation you have two " #~ "options: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD " @@ -2798,8 +5645,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "sources.list</filename>. Att lägga till en nätverksspegel har även " #~ "fördelen att paketuppdateringar i punktutgåvor blir tillgängliga för " #~ "installation. </para> </footnote>." + #~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" #~ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" + #~ msgid "" #~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be " #~ "used to set up the system it is about to install." @@ -2807,8 +5656,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "Efter partitioneringen ställer installationsprogrammet ett par frågor som " #~ "kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att " #~ "installera." + #~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " #~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " @@ -2819,10 +5670,13 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till " #~ "aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den " #~ "tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." + #~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" #~ msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" + #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " #~ "surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of " @@ -2835,6 +5689,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-" #~ "post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, " #~ "flexibel och enkel att lära sig." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to " #~ "any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some " @@ -2847,14 +5702,17 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, " #~ "<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka " #~ "dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." + #~ msgid "" #~ "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " #~ "scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" #~ "postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" + #~ msgid "internet site" #~ msgstr "internetsystem" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " #~ "directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few " @@ -2865,8 +5723,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad " #~ "en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på " #~ "domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." + #~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" #~ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, " #~ "called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. " @@ -2881,8 +5741,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder " #~ "även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som " #~ "fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." + #~ msgid "local delivery only" #~ msgstr "endast lokal leverans" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " #~ "local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " @@ -2897,8 +5759,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis " #~ "omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är " #~ "också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." + #~ msgid "no configuration at this time" #~ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " #~ "This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " @@ -2909,6 +5773,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " #~ "konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon " #~ "post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer " #~ "setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/" @@ -2921,6 +5786,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen " #~ "är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " #~ "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " #~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " @@ -2929,6 +5795,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " #~ "tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " #~ "installationen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from " #~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</" @@ -2940,8 +5807,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte " #~ "möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra " #~ "om du tar bort dem." + #~ msgid "Base System Installation" #~ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " #~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " @@ -2954,6 +5823,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan " #~ "arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se " #~ "dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." + #~ msgid "" #~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. " #~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " @@ -2974,6 +5844,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</" #~ "keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av " #~ "skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the " #~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In " @@ -2991,6 +5862,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för " #~ "att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om " #~ "du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using " #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding " @@ -3001,6 +5873,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller " #~ "genom att lägga till <literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> vid " #~ "uppstartsprompten när installeraren startas upp." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " @@ -3015,6 +5888,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja " #~ "från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande " #~ "tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." + #~ msgid "" #~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " @@ -3038,6 +5912,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns " #~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans " #~ "tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " @@ -3046,6 +5921,7 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att " #~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all " #~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " @@ -3070,12 +5946,16 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer " #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska " #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -3088,8 +5968,10 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -3100,14 +5982,18 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -3116,10 +6002,13 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -3133,8 +6022,9 @@ msgstr "Om den fasta programvaran lästes in från fristående filer kommer den #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index 80ee8d8ab..6a30ebb71 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-13 16:39+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1299,7 +1299,13 @@ msgstr "" "đúng. Bạn không thể tự đặt thời gian hệ thống trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1312,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1323,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>không</emphasis> tương ứng với địa điểm đã chọn, có hai tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1335,13 +1341,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate/Nghĩa chữ : đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1357,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." @@ -1366,13 +1372,13 @@ msgstr "" "chèn sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1390,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "như LVM, thiết bị RAID và thiết bị đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1400,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1422,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "tại trên cùng đĩa không còn có khả năng truy cấp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1436,13 +1442,13 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng hướng dẫn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1460,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>dm-crypt</quote> của hạt nhân. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1468,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tùy chọn sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã) có lẽ không sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1485,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" "liệu (riêng) của bạn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1501,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "kích cỡ của đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1518,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1535,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1550,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1569,73 +1575,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không thành công." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1645,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1658,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng khác, bao gồm phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1673,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1685,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ nạp khởi động « aboot »." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1696,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1752,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1773,13 +1779,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng bằng tay" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1794,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1808,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr "" "bảng, bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1848,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1869,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "đơn này cũng cho bạn có khả năng xoá phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1885,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1897,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1913,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1927,13 +1933,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1953,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1968,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2079,97 +2085,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Để tóm tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2178,19 +2184,19 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2199,13 +2205,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ hai)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2213,7 +2219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Tổng số các phiên bản chia cho số các bản sao đoạn (mặc định là hai)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2223,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2239,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2259,7 +2265,7 @@ msgstr "" "và RAID1 cho <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2277,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2299,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2311,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2331,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho đến khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2341,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2351,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>bốn</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2370,7 +2376,7 @@ msgstr "" "quá số các thiết bị hoạt động, để phân phối mỗi bản sao trên một đĩa riêng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2388,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng 100 GB hơi đáng tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2402,13 +2408,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2424,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2444,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2464,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2481,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2500,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2510,43 +2516,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2556,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2566,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2578,13 +2584,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2606,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2632,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2646,7 +2652,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2667,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "phân vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2683,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2697,13 +2703,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2729,13 +2735,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2748,13 +2754,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2771,7 +2777,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2785,25 +2791,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2817,13 +2823,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2841,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2860,13 +2866,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2887,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2899,13 +2905,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2918,25 +2924,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2950,19 +2956,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem phần bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2980,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2999,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3024,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3046,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3079,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3097,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "giải thích trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3105,13 +3111,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3125,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3141,7 +3147,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3154,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3168,13 +3174,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3186,13 +3192,13 @@ msgstr "" "Các tài khoản người dùng khác có thể được tạo sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3206,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3221,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3232,13 +3238,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3252,7 +3258,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3272,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3286,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3296,13 +3302,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3317,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu máy tính hay mạng có chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3357,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" "khuyến khích." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3371,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt xong." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3389,7 +3395,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3405,13 +3411,13 @@ msgstr "" "(khác tự do)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Cài đặt từ nhiều đĩa CD/DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3424,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr "" "trên các đĩa đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3438,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn trong bước kế tiếp của tiến trình cài đặt thực sự có thể được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3451,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr "" "người thực sự dùng những gói nằm trong vài đĩa CD cuối cùng trong tập hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3468,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3482,7 +3488,7 @@ msgstr "" "chứa cả ba môi trường làm việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3498,13 +3504,13 @@ msgstr "" "quét không quan trọng, nhưng quét theo thứ tự tăng dần sẽ giảm dịp bị lỗi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Sử dụng máy nhân bản mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3516,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định là tốt, nhưng vẫn có một số ngoại lệ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3534,7 +3540,7 @@ msgstr "" "bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3555,7 +3561,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống mới)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3569,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản mạng vẫn là tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3584,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "rủi ro bảo mật hay sự ổn định của hệ thống đã cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3599,19 +3605,19 @@ msgstr "" "liệu được tải xuống nếu bạn có phải chọn máy nhân bản thì phụ thuộc vào" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "những tác vụ bạn chọn trong bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "những gói nào cần thiết cho các tác vụ đó," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" @@ -3620,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "và" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3632,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr "" "cập nhật kiểu bảo mật hay dễ thay đổi)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3646,13 +3652,13 @@ msgstr "" "hình." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3669,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3702,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3715,7 +3721,7 @@ msgstr "" "không cài đặt gì cả." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3725,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3738,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" "trường làm việc</quote> sẽ cài đặt môi trường làm việc GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3767,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt <literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3777,7 +3783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for KDE or Xfce are " @@ -3801,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "kỳ phương pháp cài đặt khác nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3821,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" "vụ Mạng: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3832,7 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3845,7 +3851,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3859,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhắc bạn trong quá trình này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3876,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3894,13 +3900,13 @@ msgstr "" "xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3914,13 +3920,13 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3936,7 +3942,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3952,13 +3958,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ nạp khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3979,13 +3985,13 @@ msgstr "" "bạn mới cài đặt Debian thì phải khởi động GNU/Linux từ đĩa mềm thay thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4001,19 +4007,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thêm thông tin)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4025,7 +4031,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả hai người dùng mới và nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4037,7 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4048,13 +4054,13 @@ msgstr "" "từ đó, chọn bộ nạp khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4071,7 +4077,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4085,7 +4091,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4095,13 +4101,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4111,13 +4117,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4129,13 +4135,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4149,7 +4155,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4165,13 +4171,13 @@ msgstr "" "trở về Debian." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4199,7 +4205,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4217,13 +4223,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4241,13 +4247,13 @@ msgstr "" "định dạng phân vùng nên xoá hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4278,13 +4284,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4297,13 +4303,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4318,13 +4324,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4340,13 +4346,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4359,13 +4365,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4379,13 +4385,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4429,13 +4435,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4445,13 +4451,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4461,13 +4467,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4477,13 +4483,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4493,13 +4499,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4519,13 +4525,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4539,13 +4545,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4562,13 +4568,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4599,13 +4605,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ nạp khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4623,7 +4629,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4644,13 +4650,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4661,13 +4667,13 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ làm bất cứ tác vụ nào còn lại. Phần lớn là làm sạch sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Đặt đồng hồ hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4681,7 +4687,7 @@ msgstr "" "dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4699,7 +4705,7 @@ msgstr "" "cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4711,13 +4717,13 @@ msgstr "" "thuộc vào sự chọn mới làm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Khởi động lại hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4729,7 +4735,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4743,13 +4749,13 @@ msgstr "" "của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Linh tinh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4761,13 +4767,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4779,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4795,13 +4801,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng trình bao và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4828,13 +4834,13 @@ msgstr "" "trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Đối với trình cài đặt đồ họa, xem thêm <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4850,7 +4856,7 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) để đóng trình bao, và trở về trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4868,7 +4874,7 @@ msgstr "" "tự động gõ và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4880,7 +4886,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4891,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4905,13 +4911,13 @@ msgstr "" "bao." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4928,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4950,7 +4956,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4960,7 +4966,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4982,7 +4988,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4994,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5024,7 +5030,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5049,7 +5055,7 @@ msgstr "" "tái kết nối." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5071,7 +5077,7 @@ msgstr "" "kết nối) vậy chỉ dùng nó khi cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5095,7 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "" "thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5115,7 +5121,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy cho các trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5131,13 +5137,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Nạp phần vững bị thiếu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5151,7 +5157,7 @@ msgstr "" "chức năng cơ bản và yêu cầu phần vững để hiệu lực thêm tính năng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5169,7 +5175,7 @@ msgstr "" "nạp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5187,7 +5193,7 @@ msgstr "" "MMC hay SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5198,7 +5204,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng, hoặc nếu thiết bị không cần trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5213,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr "" "bằng cách gửi một báo cáo cài đặt (xem <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Chuẩn bị vật chứa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5239,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoạn cài đặt đầu tiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5254,7 +5260,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản phát hành hiện thời, và giải nén nó vào hệ thống tập tin trên vật chứa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5269,7 +5275,7 @@ msgstr "" "cũng có thể chứa gói khác phần vững:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5281,13 +5287,13 @@ msgstr "" "phần cứng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Phần vững và Hệ thống đã Cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5305,7 +5311,7 @@ msgstr "" "là phần vững không nạp được do phiên bản bị đối xứng lệch." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5321,7 +5327,7 @@ msgstr "" "phát hành." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5333,7 +5339,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt một cách thủ công." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 2aee8d019..dc4299666 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-20 11:01+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1132,7 +1132,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。在安装过程中没法手动对系统时间进行设置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1144,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果该地只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1155,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1165,13 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" "简易的方法是，在安装完成后重新启动进入新系统，选择一个不同的时区。该命令为：" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1186,20 +1192,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 或 <userinput>UTC</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "自动安装可以通过预置设置时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1214,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 RAID、LVM 或加密设备。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1224,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1244,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 注意，这会是磁盘上已有的数据无法访问。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1257,13 +1263,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "导引式分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1279,14 +1285,14 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1300,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1314,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" "时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1329,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1344,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" "的那块。排列的次序可能与以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1358,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "销。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1374,73 +1380,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么导引式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home、/usr、/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1450,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1462,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1475,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1486,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1497,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1545,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1563,13 +1569,13 @@ msgstr "" "后再次运行导引式分区，或者按照下面的介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手动分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1584,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "" "谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1597,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "的磁盘条目下出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1632,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1651,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1666,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的步骤，直到您纠正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1677,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1693,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1707,13 +1713,13 @@ msgstr "" "此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(软 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1731,7 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>软 RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1744,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1836,101 +1842,101 @@ msgstr "" "listitem> </varlistentry></variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1938,20 +1944,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1959,13 +1965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减二)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -1973,7 +1979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "所有的分区数除以 chunk 拷贝数(默认为二)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -1983,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1998,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2016,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/</filename> 同时 RAID1 给 <filename>/boot</filename> 是一种方式。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2031,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2051,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2062,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2079,7 +2085,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2089,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2099,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2117,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "贝数。这些活动设备必须是让所有的拷贝可以分布到不同磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2133,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2146,13 +2152,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的新 MD 设备，并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2166,7 +2172,7 @@ msgstr "" "或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2184,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr "" "点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2202,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr "" "阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2217,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2234,7 +2240,7 @@ msgstr "" "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2244,43 +2250,43 @@ msgstr "" "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Create volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Create logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Delete volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Delete logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Extend volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduce volume group" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2289,7 +2295,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2297,7 +2303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2308,13 +2314,13 @@ msgstr "" "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2332,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2355,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2367,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2385,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2400,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2413,13 +2419,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2442,13 +2448,13 @@ msgstr "" "纪的敏感信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2460,13 +2466,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2482,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2495,25 +2501,25 @@ msgstr "" "法时，才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2526,13 +2532,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2547,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2564,13 +2570,13 @@ msgstr "" "写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2588,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2600,13 +2606,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2617,25 +2623,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2647,19 +2653,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2674,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2688,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2708,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2727,7 +2733,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2758,7 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "您不合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2774,7 +2780,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2782,13 +2788,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2800,7 +2806,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2815,7 +2821,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2826,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2838,13 +2844,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2855,13 +2861,13 @@ msgstr "" "号。其他的用户帐号可以在安装完成之后创建。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2874,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr "" "理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2888,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2899,13 +2905,13 @@ msgstr "" "员，否则通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2917,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "记，平时<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帐户登录或者将其作为个人帐号使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2935,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建议找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2947,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr "" "便满足要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2957,13 +2963,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -2976,13 +2982,13 @@ msgstr "" "装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3013,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" "软件包管理工具使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3026,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" "并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3041,7 +3047,7 @@ msgstr "" "序程序会自动加上安全镜像，它是 <quote>volatile</quote> 更新服务的镜像。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3055,13 +3061,13 @@ msgstr "" "和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "从多个 CD 或 DVD 安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3074,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "们里面的软件包了。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3086,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr "" "节说明)，意味着下一步中选择的任务里面并非所有的软件包都会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3098,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "常用的软件，而最后一张光盘里面包含的是很少有人用到的软件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3112,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "DVD 的情况类似：只要一张，或者前两张 DVD 就能满足您大部分要求。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3125,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3140,13 +3146,13 @@ msgstr "" "照次序来可以降低出错的几率。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "使用网络镜像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3157,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr "" "默认答案会很好，但还是有一些例外。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3173,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop</literal> 任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3190,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "" "装，以后(比如，重新启动到新系统)再安装额外的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3203,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr "" "项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3216,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以安装已经更新的内容，确保了系统的安全性和稳定性。。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3230,26 +3236,26 @@ msgstr "" "的数据量取决于" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "安装下一步选择的任务，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "这些任务所需的软件包，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "已检测的 CD 或 DVD 上的软件包，并且" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3260,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr "" "安全更新的镜像)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3272,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "且软件包有安全更新，仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3293,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" "来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3323,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr "" "空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3334,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3342,7 +3348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3352,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME 桌面环境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3371,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 或 <literal>desktop=lxde</literal> 进行选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3384,7 +3390,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3399,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xfce 或 LXDE 同样适用于 DVD 映象或其他的安装方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3418,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3432,7 +3438,7 @@ msgstr "" "并需要一个最小化的系统，您应该让该任务选中。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3442,10 +3448,14 @@ msgid "" "containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop " "environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization " "packages for that (if available)." -msgstr "选择语言的时候，如果默认的 locale 不是 <quote>C</quote>， <command>tasksel</command> 会检查该 locale 是否有对应的本地化任务，然后自动安装相应的本地化软件包。这里面包含诸如对应语言的词汇列表或特殊字体的软件包。假如选择了桌面环境，(如果存在)还会安装该桌面对应的本地化软件包。" +msgstr "" +"选择语言的时候，如果默认的 locale 不是 <quote>C</quote>， <command>tasksel</" +"command> 会检查该 locale 是否有对应的本地化任务，然后自动安装相应的本地化软件" +"包。这里面包含诸如对应语言的词汇列表或特殊字体的软件包。假如选择了桌面环境，" +"(如果存在)还会安装该桌面对应的本地化软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3457,7 +3467,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中任务的软件包。假如某个程序需要用户输入信息，它将提示您指定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3472,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" "间。一旦启动，安装软件包过程将无法取消。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3487,13 +3497,13 @@ msgstr "" "新)；如果您安装的是测试版本，这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3506,13 +3516,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3526,7 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 一起，计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3540,13 +3550,13 @@ msgstr "" "管理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3565,13 +3575,13 @@ msgstr "" "装 Debian 的磁盘上装有不同的操作系统，将不得不从一个软盘启动 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3586,19 +3596,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3609,7 +3619,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3621,7 +3631,7 @@ msgstr "" "请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3632,13 +3642,13 @@ msgstr "" "用的任何 bootloader。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3654,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3667,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3675,13 +3685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3689,13 +3699,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3706,13 +3716,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3725,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3739,13 +3749,13 @@ msgstr "" "录 — 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 Debian！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3770,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3785,13 +3795,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3807,13 +3817,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3839,13 +3849,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3856,13 +3866,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3875,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3894,13 +3904,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3911,13 +3921,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3930,13 +3940,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3976,13 +3986,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3990,13 +4000,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4005,13 +4015,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4019,13 +4029,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4035,13 +4045,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4059,13 +4069,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4078,13 +4088,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4099,13 +4109,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4132,13 +4142,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4154,7 +4164,7 @@ msgstr "" "在机器上，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4173,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4190,13 +4200,13 @@ msgstr "" "i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "设置系统时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4208,7 +4218,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4224,7 +4234,7 @@ msgstr "" "为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4235,13 +4245,13 @@ msgstr "" "决于刚才的选择。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "重新启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4252,7 +4262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4264,13 +4274,13 @@ msgstr "" "上的 IPL &debian;，它在安装步骤第一步里被选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4281,13 +4291,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4298,7 +4308,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4312,13 +4322,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4342,13 +4352,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "对于图形安装程序，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4363,7 +4373,7 @@ msgstr "" "到安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4379,7 +4389,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bourne shell 的克隆，有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4390,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr "" "以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4401,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "" "题时进行调试。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4413,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr "" "该让安装程序激活交换分区，而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4434,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4454,7 +4464,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4462,7 +4472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4482,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4493,7 +4503,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4521,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4542,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" "接在安装过程中的哪一点断开，您在连接之后可能继续，也可能无法继续安装过程。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4562,7 +4572,7 @@ msgstr "" "需要的时候采用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4584,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>，再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4601,7 +4611,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4614,13 +4624,13 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "加载缺失的固件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4633,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr "" "强功能就无法使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4649,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "" "序模块。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4665,7 +4675,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4676,7 +4686,7 @@ msgstr "" "固件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4690,13 +4700,13 @@ msgstr "" "反应遇到的任何问题(参阅 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "准备介质" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4713,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" "程最初阶段最可能支持的文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4727,7 +4737,7 @@ msgstr "" "下载对应版本的压缩包，然后解压到介质的文件系统里面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4740,7 +4750,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。以下概要列出大多数固件软件包，但不保证完整，有些还是非固件软件包：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4751,13 +4761,13 @@ msgstr "" "造商那里获得。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "固件和安装好的系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4772,7 +4782,7 @@ msgstr "" "序不同的内核版本，有可能由于版本的偏差造成固件不能加载。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4786,7 +4796,7 @@ msgstr "" "做的优点在于如果有固件的新版本存在会自动更新。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4797,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装好固件或软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index 1f89aeac9..bd008d116 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-22 00:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-03 00:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1133,7 +1133,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:792 +#: using-d-i.xml:783 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1143,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:799 +#: using-d-i.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1152,7 +1158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:810 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1161,13 +1167,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:820 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:822 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1178,20 +1184,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:836 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1206,7 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:871 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1216,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:877 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1230,7 +1236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:894 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1243,13 +1249,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:900 +#: using-d-i.xml:904 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1261,14 +1267,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:921 +#: using-d-i.xml:925 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1279,7 +1285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:930 +#: using-d-i.xml:934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1290,7 +1296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:939 +#: using-d-i.xml:943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1302,7 +1308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:949 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1314,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:958 +#: using-d-i.xml:962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1325,7 +1331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:970 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1342,73 +1348,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:982 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:983 +#: using-d-i.xml:987 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:988 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:990 +#: using-d-i.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:991 +#: using-d-i.xml:995 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:992 +#: using-d-i.xml:996 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:998 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:995 +#: using-d-i.xml:999 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:996 +#: using-d-i.xml:1000 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1001 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1002 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1418,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1428,7 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1017 +#: using-d-i.xml:1021 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1441,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1025 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1452,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1031 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1464,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1041 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1511,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1050 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1530,13 +1536,13 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1064 +#: using-d-i.xml:1068 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1065 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1551,7 +1557,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1073 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1564,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1081 +#: using-d-i.xml:1085 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1597,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1616,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1114 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1631,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1122 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1642,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1658,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 +#: using-d-i.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1671,13 +1677,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1164 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1165 +#: using-d-i.xml:1169 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1703,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1178 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1716,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1186 +#: using-d-i.xml:1190 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1797,101 +1803,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1300 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1305 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1302 +#: using-d-i.xml:1306 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1303 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1308 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1311 using-d-i.xml:1319 using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 using-d-i.xml:1323 using-d-i.xml:1353 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 using-d-i.xml:1313 +#: using-d-i.xml:1316 using-d-i.xml:1317 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1314 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1322 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 using-d-i.xml:1328 using-d-i.xml:1339 using-d-i.xml:1350 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 using-d-i.xml:1332 using-d-i.xml:1343 using-d-i.xml:1354 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 using-d-i.xml:1329 using-d-i.xml:1340 using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 using-d-i.xml:1333 using-d-i.xml:1344 using-d-i.xml:1355 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1322 +#: using-d-i.xml:1326 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1326 +#: using-d-i.xml:1330 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1327 +#: using-d-i.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1330 +#: using-d-i.xml:1334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1899,7 +1905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1337 +#: using-d-i.xml:1341 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" @@ -1907,14 +1913,14 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1338 +#: using-d-i.xml:1342 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1925,14 +1931,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -1940,7 +1946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1363 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -1950,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1364 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1965,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1373 +#: using-d-i.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -1978,7 +1984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1385 +#: using-d-i.xml:1389 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2000,7 +2006,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1394 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2018,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2029,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1418 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2054,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1426 +#: using-d-i.xml:1430 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2064,7 +2070,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1432 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2074,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1438 +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2087,7 +2093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1452 +#: using-d-i.xml:1456 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2103,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1461 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2116,13 +2122,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1476 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2136,7 +2142,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#: using-d-i.xml:1489 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2154,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1499 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2172,7 +2178,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1510 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2187,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1519 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2200,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1526 +#: using-d-i.xml:1530 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2208,43 +2214,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1531 +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1537 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1540 +#: using-d-i.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1546 +#: using-d-i.xml:1550 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1548 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2252,7 +2258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2260,7 +2266,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1559 +#: using-d-i.xml:1563 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2271,13 +2277,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1574 +#: using-d-i.xml:1578 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2291,7 +2297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1586 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2308,7 +2314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1601 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2318,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1608 +#: using-d-i.xml:1612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2331,7 +2337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2342,7 +2348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2352,13 +2358,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1641 +#: using-d-i.xml:1645 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2374,13 +2380,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1661 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1663 +#: using-d-i.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2390,13 +2396,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1675 +#: using-d-i.xml:1679 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2408,7 +2414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1687 +#: using-d-i.xml:1691 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2418,25 +2424,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1699 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1701 +#: using-d-i.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1707 +#: using-d-i.xml:1711 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1712 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2446,13 +2452,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1723 using-d-i.xml:1816 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2464,7 +2470,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1733 +#: using-d-i.xml:1737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2477,13 +2483,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1752 using-d-i.xml:1829 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 using-d-i.xml:1833 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1758 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2497,7 +2503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1774 +#: using-d-i.xml:1778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2506,13 +2512,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1787 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1785 +#: using-d-i.xml:1789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2521,25 +2527,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1795 +#: using-d-i.xml:1799 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1797 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1807 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1804 +#: using-d-i.xml:1808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2549,19 +2555,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1817 +#: using-d-i.xml:1821 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:1835 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2573,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1850 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2584,7 +2590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2599,7 +2605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2613,7 +2619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1888 +#: using-d-i.xml:1892 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2633,7 +2639,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1901 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2645,7 +2651,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1915 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2653,13 +2659,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1922 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:1927 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2671,7 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1936 +#: using-d-i.xml:1940 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2686,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1945 +#: using-d-i.xml:1949 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2697,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1951 +#: using-d-i.xml:1955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2709,13 +2715,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1963 +#: using-d-i.xml:1967 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1964 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2724,13 +2730,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1982 +#: using-d-i.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2743,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2757,7 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2768,13 +2774,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2008 +#: using-d-i.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2786,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2804,7 +2810,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2816,7 +2822,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2826,13 +2832,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2051 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2052 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -2842,13 +2848,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2065 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -2869,7 +2875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2089 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -2879,7 +2885,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2096 +#: using-d-i.xml:2100 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -2891,7 +2897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -2902,13 +2908,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2116 +#: using-d-i.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2118 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -2918,7 +2924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2125 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -2928,7 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2133 +#: using-d-i.xml:2137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -2938,7 +2944,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2140 +#: using-d-i.xml:2144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -2949,7 +2955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2149 +#: using-d-i.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -2959,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2161 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -2971,13 +2977,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2170 +#: using-d-i.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -2986,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -2998,7 +3004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2191 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3011,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2198 +#: using-d-i.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3021,7 +3027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2205 +#: using-d-i.xml:2209 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3032,7 +3038,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2212 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3043,26 +3049,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2225 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#: using-d-i.xml:2235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2236 +#: using-d-i.xml:2240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3071,7 +3077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2245 +#: using-d-i.xml:2249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3081,13 +3087,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2265 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2263 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3099,7 +3105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2272 +#: using-d-i.xml:2276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3119,7 +3125,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3128,7 +3134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2306 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3136,7 +3142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2312 +#: using-d-i.xml:2316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3144,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3158,7 +3164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2328 +#: using-d-i.xml:2332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3168,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2335 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3180,7 +3186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3193,7 +3199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3204,7 +3210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2364 +#: using-d-i.xml:2368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3217,7 +3223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3229,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3241,7 +3247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3253,13 +3259,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2409 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2407 +#: using-d-i.xml:2411 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3272,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2422 +#: using-d-i.xml:2426 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2424 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3292,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2432 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3306,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2450 +#: using-d-i.xml:2454 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2451 +#: using-d-i.xml:2455 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3331,13 +3337,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2472 +#: using-d-i.xml:2476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3352,19 +3358,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2481 +#: using-d-i.xml:2485 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2493 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2495 +#: using-d-i.xml:2499 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3375,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2501 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3387,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2507 +#: using-d-i.xml:2511 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3399,13 +3405,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2520 +#: using-d-i.xml:2524 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2522 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3421,7 +3427,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2532 +#: using-d-i.xml:2536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3434,7 +3440,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3442,13 +3448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2547 +#: using-d-i.xml:2551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3456,13 +3462,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3473,13 +3479,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2567 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3494,7 +3500,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2577 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3509,13 +3515,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2593 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2595 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3540,7 +3546,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3555,13 +3561,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2619 +#: using-d-i.xml:2623 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2621 +#: using-d-i.xml:2625 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3577,13 +3583,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2640 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2638 +#: using-d-i.xml:2642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3609,13 +3615,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2664 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2661 +#: using-d-i.xml:2665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3626,13 +3632,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2670 +#: using-d-i.xml:2674 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3645,13 +3651,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2681 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2682 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3664,13 +3670,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2694 +#: using-d-i.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2695 +#: using-d-i.xml:2699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3681,13 +3687,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2705 +#: using-d-i.xml:2709 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2706 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3700,13 +3706,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2726 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2727 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3746,13 +3752,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2746 +#: using-d-i.xml:2750 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3760,13 +3766,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2755 +#: using-d-i.xml:2759 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3775,13 +3781,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2769 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3789,13 +3795,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2777 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2778 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3805,13 +3811,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2795 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3829,13 +3835,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2818 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2815 +#: using-d-i.xml:2819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3849,13 +3855,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3870,13 +3876,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2853 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3904,13 +3910,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2880 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2878 +#: using-d-i.xml:2882 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3926,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3945,13 +3951,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2908 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2905 +#: using-d-i.xml:2909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -3960,13 +3966,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2918 +#: using-d-i.xml:2922 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -3976,7 +3982,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2927 +#: using-d-i.xml:2931 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -3988,7 +3994,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2938 +#: using-d-i.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -3997,13 +4003,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2953 +#: using-d-i.xml:2957 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2955 +#: using-d-i.xml:2959 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4014,7 +4020,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2961 +#: using-d-i.xml:2965 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4027,13 +4033,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2975 +#: using-d-i.xml:2979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4044,13 +4050,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2988 +#: using-d-i.xml:2992 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2994 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4061,7 +4067,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2997 +#: using-d-i.xml:3001 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4075,13 +4081,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3017 +#: using-d-i.xml:3021 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3019 +#: using-d-i.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4097,13 +4103,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3037 +#: using-d-i.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3041 +#: using-d-i.xml:3045 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4114,7 +4120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3049 +#: using-d-i.xml:3053 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4130,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3058 +#: using-d-i.xml:3062 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4139,7 +4145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4148,7 +4154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3071 +#: using-d-i.xml:3075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4158,13 +4164,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3086 +#: using-d-i.xml:3090 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3088 +#: using-d-i.xml:3092 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4176,7 +4182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3098 +#: using-d-i.xml:3102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4190,7 +4196,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3111 +#: using-d-i.xml:3115 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4198,7 +4204,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3116 +#: using-d-i.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4212,7 +4218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3128 +#: using-d-i.xml:3132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4221,7 +4227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3134 +#: using-d-i.xml:3138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4240,7 +4246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3151 +#: using-d-i.xml:3155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4256,7 +4262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3164 +#: using-d-i.xml:3168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4270,7 +4276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3177 +#: using-d-i.xml:3181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4285,7 +4291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3197 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4298,7 +4304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3203 +#: using-d-i.xml:3207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4309,13 +4315,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3223 +#: using-d-i.xml:3227 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3224 +#: using-d-i.xml:3228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4325,7 +4331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3232 +#: using-d-i.xml:3236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4337,7 +4343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3242 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4349,7 +4355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3252 +#: using-d-i.xml:3256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4358,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3259 +#: using-d-i.xml:3263 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4369,13 +4375,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3270 +#: using-d-i.xml:3274 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3271 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4388,7 +4394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3281 +#: using-d-i.xml:3285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4399,7 +4405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3295 +#: using-d-i.xml:3299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4410,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3309 +#: using-d-i.xml:3313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4419,13 +4425,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3318 +#: using-d-i.xml:3322 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3319 +#: using-d-i.xml:3323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4437,7 +4443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3328 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4448,7 +4454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3336 +#: using-d-i.xml:3340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4457,7 +4463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3343 +#: using-d-i.xml:3347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " |